HomeMy WebLinkAboutCOA Const Standards Part 1 - Issued June 2018DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2
PREFACE FOR THE
CITY OF AUBURN
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
STANDARDS
Grading, Utility, Street and other civil construction work within the City of Auburn
shall utilize the 2018 WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and
Municipal Construction (English Version) as supplemented and amended by the
City of Auburn Special Provisions contained within Part 1 of this document and the
applicable and most current published version of City of Auburn Standard Details
and Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Plans for
Road and Bridge Construction as included or referenced in Part 2 of this document.
Contractors are required to have the City of Auburn Engineering Construction
Standards (Parts 1 and 2) and the WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road,
Bridge, and Municipal Construction available at the job site during construction.
Contractors must also have a copy of all City of Auburn Standard Details and
WSDOT Standard Plans that are referenced in the Plans available at the job site
during construction.
WSDOT Standard Plans and Specifications are available at a nominal charge from
the Washington State Department of Transportation at Engineering Publications:
Washington State Department of Transportation, Engineering Publications, PO Box
47304, Olympia, WA 98504, or at (360)705-7431, or at
http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Publications/Manuals/PriceList.htm .
The City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards are available online at:
http://www.auburnwa.gov/doing_business/public_works/publications_forms.htm
It is the responsibility of the user to obtain the most current version and any
associated revisions from the City of Auburn.
All references within the Engineering Construction Standards to
measurement, payment or contractual obligations between the city
and the contractor are in reference to a public contract and are not
applicable to development projects
In case of conflict between the various elements of the Engin eering
Construction Standards, refer to Section 1-04.2 (Coordination of Contract
Documents, Plans, Special Provisions Specifications, and Addenda) of this
document for order of precedence.
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 General Requirements .................................................................................. 1-1
1-01 Definitions and Terms ............................................................................... 1-1
Standard Details ..................................................................................................................................... 1-3
Standard Plans ....................................................................................................................................... 1-4
1-04.11 Final Cleanup .......................................................................................................... 1-4
1-05 Control of Work ........................................................................................................... 1-4
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work ....................................... 1-5
1-05.10 Guarantees .............................................................................................................. 1-5
1-05.11 Final Inspection ...................................................................................................... 1-6
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing .......................................................... 1-6
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date ............................................. 1-6
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing ................................................................................... 1-6
1-05.12 Final Acceptance .................................................................................................... 1-7
1-05.17 Oral Agreements ..................................................................................................... 1-7
1-05.18 Record Drawings .................................................................................................... 1-7
1-06 Control of Material .................................................................................................... 1-10
1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use ........................................................................ 1-10
1-06.1(2) Request for Approval of Material (RAM) .......................................................... 1-11
1-06.6 Recycled Materials ................................................................................... 1-11
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public .............................................. 1-11
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed .............................................................................................. 1-11
1-07.2 State Taxes .............................................................................................................. 1-12
1-07.5(5) City of Auburn Requirements ........................................................................... 1-12
1-07.6 Permits and Licenses ............................................................................................. 1-12
1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements .............................................................................. 1-12
1-07.11(5) Sanctions ......................................................................................................... 1-13
1-07.11(6) Incorporation of Provisions ........................................................................... 1-13
1-07.13(2) Relief of Responsibility for Completed Work ................................................ 1-14
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 4
1-07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic ................................. 1-14
1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention .............................................................. 1-14
1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property ............................................................. 1-14
1-07.16(1)A Protection and Restoration of Existing Markers and Monuments ........... 1-15
1-07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration .......................................................... 1-15
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities .............................................................................. 1-16
1-07.17(1)A Disruptions to City Water Services .............................................................. 1-16
1-07.17(1)B(1)Utility Potholing .......................................................................................... 1-16
1-07.17(2) Utility Construction, Removal, or Relocation by Others ..................... 1-17
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance .............................................. 1-17
1-07.18(1) General Requirements ..................................................................................... 1-17
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured ............................................................................................ 1-18
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors ................................................................................................. 1-18
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage .................................................................................. 1-19
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits ...................................................................................... 1-19
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability ....................................................................... 1-20
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability ...................................................................................... 1-20
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation ............................................................................... 1-20
1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability ......................................................................... 1-20
1-07.18(5)E LHWCA Insurance .......................................................................................... 1-21
1-07.18(5)J Pollution Liability ........................................................................................... 1-21
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety .......................................................................... 1-21
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic.............................................................................. 1-22
1-07.23(1)A Dust and Mud Control and Street Cleaning ................................................ 1-22
1-07.23(1)B Daily Cleanup and Maintenance Items ........................................................ 1-23
................................................................................................................... 1-23
1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours .................................................... 1-23
1-07.24 Rights of Way ........................................................................................................ 1-24
1-07.28 Haul Routes ........................................................................................................... 1-25
1-08 Prosecution and Progress ....................................................................................... 1-25
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................ 1-25
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference ............................................................................. 1-25
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work ..................................................................................................... 1-26
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work ................................................. 1-26
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control ....................................................................................... 1-27
1-10.1 General ................................................................................................................... 1-27
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management .................................................................................. 1-27
1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans .......................................................................................... 1-27
1-10.3(1)Traffic Control Labor ........................................................................................... 1-27
1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor ............................................................................ 1-27
1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs .................................................................................. 1-28
1-10.3(3)L Temporary Signage for Roadway Traffic Revisions ..................................... 1-28
DIVISION 2 Earthwork ..................................................................................................... 2-1
2-01 Clearing, Grubbing and Roadside Cleanup .................................................................. 2-1
2-01.1 Description ................................................................................................. 2-1
2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris .................................................. 2-1
2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 – Open Burning .................................................. 2-1
2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 - Chipping ........................................................... 2-1
2-01.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 2-1
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions ...................................................................... 2-1
2-02.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 2-1
2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage
Structures ................................................................................................... 2-1
2-02.3(4)A Remove and Reset Fencing ...................................................................... 2-2
2-02.3(4)B Remove and Reset Private Signs ............................................................. 2-2
2-02.3(4)C Remove and Reset Private Luminaires ................................................... 2-2
2-02.3(5) Salvage ........................................................................................................ 2-3
2-03 Roadway Excavation And Embankment ...................................................................... 2-3
2-03.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 2-3
2-03.3(3) Excavation Below Subgrade ..................................................................... 2-3
2-03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Material..................................................................... 2-3
2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site .......................................................... 2-3
2-03.3(14) Embankment Construction ....................................................................... 2-4
2-04 Haul ............................................................................................................. 2-4
2-04.2 Hauling on other than City Streets ........................................................... 2-4
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6
2-06 Subgrade Preparation ................................................................................................... 2-4
2-06.3(1) Subgrade for Surfacing ............................................................................. 2-4
2-06.3(3) Subgrade for Permeable Pavements ....................................................... 2-4
2-07 Watering 2-5
2-07.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 2-5
2-07.4(1) Water from City Hydrants .......................................................................... 2-5
DIVISION 3 Aggregate Production and Acceptance ........................................................ 3-1
DIVISION 4 Bases ........................................................................................................... 4-1
DIVISION 5 Surface Treatments and Pavements Bases ............................................... 5-1
5-03 Non-Woven Fabric for Pavement Overlays .................................................................. 5-1
5-03.1 Description ................................................................................................. 5-1
5-03.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 5-1
5-03.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 5-1
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt ............................................................................................................. 5-3
5-04.1 Description ................................................................................................. 5-3
5-04.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 5-3
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL ........................................... 5-3
5-04.2(1)A2 High RAP/Any RAS – Mix Design Submittals for Placement
on QPL ........................................................................................................ 5-4
This section is deleted. ....................................................................................................... 5-4
5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval ............................................. 5-4
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes ........................................................ 5-4
5-04.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 5-4
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic .................................................................................. 5-5
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant ....................................................................................................... 5-5
5-04.3(3)C Pavers ......................................................................................................... 5-5
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle ........................... 5-5
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces .................................................. 5-5
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing ............................................................................................. 5-6
5-04.3(4)A1 General ........................................................................................................ 5-6
5-04.3(4)B Soil Residual Herbicide ............................................................................. 5-6
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair ........................................................................................ 5-6
5-04.3(6) Mixing ................................................................................................................... 5-6
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing ........................................................................... 5-7
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA .......................... 5-7
5-04.3(9)A Test Sections .................................................................................................... 5-7
5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section – When Required, When to Stop ............................................ 5-7
5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section – Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test Section ................... 5-7
5-04.3(9)B3 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing ................................. 5-8
5-04.3(9)B5 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Composite Pay Factors (CPF) ................. 5-8
5-04.3(9)B7 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Retests ....................................................... 5-8
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance .................................................................. 5-8
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements ...................... 5-8
5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots ................... 5-8
5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing ........... 5-8
5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction – Price Adjustments .................................... 5-9
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints .................................................................................... 5-9
5-04.3(12)A3 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Butt Joints ............................................... 5-10
5-04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement ............................................................... 5-10
5-04.3(17) Asphalt Cold Patch .................................................................................. 5-10
5-04.3(18) Porous HMA.............................................................................................. 5-10
5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement ...................................................................................... 5-12
5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving ............................................................. 5-12
5-05.3(8) Joints ......................................................................................................... 5-13
5-05.3(8)D Isolation Joints ......................................................................................... 5-13
5-05.3(8)E Sealing through Joints ............................................................................ 5-14
5-05.3(9) Integral Cement Concrete Curb on New Pavement .............................. 5-14
5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars ..................................... 5-14
5-05.3(23) Cement Concrete Pavement for Alley .................................................... 5-15
5-05.3(23)A Pavement and Alley Requirements ........................................................ 5-15
5-05.3(23)B Extra Concrete for Alley Approach Ramp ............................................. 5-15
5-06 Pervious Concrete Pavement .................................................................................. 5-15
5-06.1 Description ............................................................................................................. 5-15
5-06.2 Materials ................................................................................................................. 5-15
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8
5-06.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................. 5-16
5-06.3(1) Pervious Concrete Construction Meeting ...................................................... 5-16
5-06.3(2) Pervious Concrete Mix Design ........................................................................ 5-16
5-06.3(2)A Mix Design Criteria ......................................................................................... 5-17
5-06.3(2)B Job Mix Formula (JMF) ................................................................................... 5-17
5-06.3(3) Submittals .......................................................................................................... 5-17
5-06.3(4) Equipment .......................................................................................................... 5-18
5-06.3(4)A Batching Plant and Equipment ..................................................................... 5-18
5-06.3(4)B Mixer Trucks .................................................................................................... 5-18
5-06.3(4)C Side Forms ...................................................................................................... 5-18
5-06.3(4)D Finishing Equipment ...................................................................................... 5-19
5-06.3(5) Measuring and Batching Materials .................................................................. 5-19
5-06.3(6) Acceptance ........................................................................................................ 5-19
5-06.3(6)A Infiltration Rate of Placed Pavement ............................................................ 5-20
5-06.3(7) Rejection ............................................................................................................ 5-20
5-06.3(8) Mixing Pervious Concrete ................................................................................ 5-20
5-06.3(8)A Limitations of Mixing Pervious Concrete ..................................................... 5-21
5-06.3(9) Subgrade Preparation And Base ..................................................................... 5-21
5-06.3(10) Placing, Spreading, Finishing, Edging, Tolerances, and Curing ............... 5-21
5-06.3(10)A Contractor’s Qualifications ......................................................................... 5-22
5-06.3(10)B Test Panel ...................................................................................................... 5-22
5-06.3(11) Joints ................................................................................................................ 5-23
5-06.3(11)A Construction Joints ...................................................................................... 5-23
5-06.3(11)B Contraction Joints ........................................................................................ 5-23
5-06.3(11)C Isolation Joints ............................................................................................. 5-23
5-06.3(12) Cold Weather Work ......................................................................................... 5-23
5-06.3(13) Protection of Pervious Concrete Pavement ................................................. 5-24
5-07 Textured Asphalt .......................................................................................................... 5-24
5-07.1 Description ............................................................................................... 5-24
5-07.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 5-25
5-07.2(1) Coating Material ....................................................................................... 5-25
5-07.2(2) Colorant .................................................................................................... 5-25
5-07.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 5-25
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9
5-07.3(1) Textured Asphalt Terms .......................................................................... 5-25
5-07.3(2) Certification .............................................................................................. 5-26
5-07.3(3) Equipment................................................................................................. 5-26
5-07.3(3)A Templates ................................................................................................. 5-26
5-07.3(3)B Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater .............................................................. 5-26
5-07.3(3)C Vibratory Plate Compactor ...................................................................... 5-26
5-07.3(3)D Spray Equipment ..................................................................................... 5-27
5-07.3(4) Construction ............................................................................................. 5-27
5-07.3(4)A Surface Preparation Prior to Coating .................................................... 5-27
5-07.3(4)B Layout and Imprinting ............................................................................. 5-27
5-07.3(4)C Heating of Asphalt ................................................................................... 5-27
5-07.3(4)D Sample Area ............................................................................................. 5-27
5-07.3(4)E Coating Installation .................................................................................. 5-27
5-07.3(5) Quality Control ......................................................................................... 5-27
5-07.3(5)A General ...................................................................................................... 5-27
5-07.3(5)B Stamping Depth ....................................................................................... 5-28
5-07.3(5)C Coating Thickness ................................................................................... 5-28
5-07.3(5)D Protection of Existing Pavement Markings ........................................... 5-28
5-08 Stamped Colored Cement Concrete .......................................................................... 5-28
5-08.1 Description ............................................................................................... 5-28
5-08.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 5-28
5-08.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 5-29
5-08.3(1) Stamping ................................................................................................... 5-30
5-09 Slurry Seal Surface Treatment ................................................................................... 5-31
5-09.1 Description ............................................................................................... 5-31
5-09.1(1) Applicable Specifications ....................................................................... 5-31
5-09.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 5-31
5-09.2(1) Asphalt Emulsion ..................................................................................... 5-31
5-09.2(2) Aggregate ................................................................................................. 5-31
5-09.2(3) Water ......................................................................................................... 5-32
5-09.2(4) Laboratory Testing .................................................................................. 5-32
5-09.2(5) Stockpiling Of Aggregates ...................................................................... 5-32
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 10
5-09.2(6) Storage ...................................................................................................... 5-32
5-09.2(7) Sampling ................................................................................................... 5-33
5-09.2(8) Verification................................................................................................ 5-33
5-09.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 5-33
5-09.3(1) Equipment................................................................................................. 5-33
5-09.3(1)A Slurry Mixing Equipment ......................................................................... 5-33
5-09.3(1)B Slurry Spreading Equipment .................................................................. 5-33
5-09.3(1)C Cleaning Equipment ................................................................................ 5-34
5-09.3(1)D Auxiliary Equipment ................................................................................ 5-34
5-09.3(1)E Calibration ................................................................................................ 5-34
5-09.3(2) Preparation of Surface ............................................................................ 5-34
5-09.3(3) Composition and Rate of Application of the Slurry Mix ...................... 5-34
5-09.3(4) Weather Limitations ................................................................................. 5-34
5-09.3(5) Traffic Control .......................................................................................... 5-35
5-09.3(6) Application of Slurry Surfaces ............................................................... 5-35
5-09.3(6)A General ...................................................................................................... 5-35
5-09.3(6)B Joints ......................................................................................................... 5-35
5-09.3(6)C Hand Work ................................................................................................ 5-35
5-09.3(6)D Curing ........................................................................................................ 5-35
5-09.3(6)E Protection of Existing Monuments and Utility Covers ......................... 5-36
DIVISION 6 Structures .................................................................................................. 6-1
6-02 Concrete Structures ...................................................................................................... 6-1
6-02.1 Description ................................................................................................. 6-1
6-07 PAINTING ..................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-07.1 Description ................................................................................................. 6-1
6-07.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 6-1
6-07.3(10)H Paint System .................................................................................................... 6-2
6-07.3(10)I Paint Color .................................................................................................. 6-2
6-07.3(13) Painting of Aluminum Surfaces ........................................................................ 6-3
DIVISION 7 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary Sewers,
Water Mains and Conduits ......................................................................... 7-1
7-01 Drains ..................................................................................................................... 7-1
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 11
7-01.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 7-1
7-01.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 7-1
7-04 Storm Sewers .............................................................................................................. 7-1
7-04.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 7-1
7-04.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 7-2
7-04.3(1)F Low Pressure Air Test for Storm Sewers Constructed of Non
Air-Permeable Materials ............................................................................ 7-2
7-04.3(1)G Television Inspection ................................................................................ 7-2
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells .............................................................. 7-2
7-05.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 7-2
7-05.2(1) Trash Racks ................................................................................................ 7-2
7-05.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 7-3
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes & Catch Basins to Grade ....................................... 7-3
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes .......................................................... 7-3
7-05.3(5) Channels for Manholes ............................................................................. 7-4
7-05.3(6) New Castings.............................................................................................. 7-4
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements ....................................................................... 7-4
7-08.1 Description ................................................................................................. 7-4
7-08.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 7-4
7-08.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 7-5
7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench .................................................... 7-5
7-08.3(1)A Trenches ..................................................................................................... 7-5
7-08.3(1)B Shoring ........................................................................................................ 7-5
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General ............................................................................... 7-5
7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe ........................................................................ 7-6
7-08.3(2)J Joining High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Pipe ........................... 7-6
7-08.3(2)K Packaging, Handling, Storage High Density Polyethylene
Pipe (HDPE) Pipe ....................................................................................... 7-6
7-08.3(2)L Dewatering Trenches ................................................................................. 7-6
7-08.3(3) Backfilling ................................................................................................... 7-7
7-08.3(3)A Vertical Clearance between Utility Lines ................................................. 7-7
7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe .............................................................................. 7-7
7-08.3(5) Pipe Trench Restoration ........................................................................... 7-8
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 12
7-09 Water Mains .................................................................................................................. 7-8
7-09.1 Description ................................................................................................. 7-8
7-09.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 7-8
7-09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches .................................................................................. 7-8
7-09.3(13) Handling of the Pipe .................................................................................. 7-8
7-09.3(19) Connections ............................................................................................... 7-9
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains................................................................. 7-9
7-09.3(19)B Maintaining Service ................................................................................... 7-9
7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking ......................................................................... 7-9
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test ........................................................................ 7-9
7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains .................................................................... 7-10
7-09.3(24)J Preventing Reverse Flow ........................................................................ 7-10
7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing ..................................................................... 7-10
7-12 Valves for Water Mains ............................................................................................... 7-10
7-12.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 7-10
7-12.3(2) Adjust Valve Boxes .................................................................................. 7-10
7-12.3(3) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly ....................... 7-11
7-12.3(4) Valve Wrench Extension Box ................................................................. 7-11
7-14 Hydrants ................................................................................................................... 7-11
7-14.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 7-11
7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants ...................................................................................... 7-12
7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants ....................................................................... 7-12
7-15 Service Connections ................................................................................................... 7-12
7-15.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 7-12
7-15.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 7-12
7-17 Sanitary Sewers .......................................................................................................... 7-13
7-17.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 7-13
7-17.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 7-14
7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewage Facilities ............................................... 7-14
7-17.3(2) Cleaning and Testing ............................................................................... 7-14
7-17.3(2)A General ...................................................................................................... 7-14
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 13
7-17.3(2)C Infiltration Test ......................................................................................... 7-14
7-17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed of
Non Air-Permeable Materials .................................................................. 7-14
7-17.3(2)H Television Inspection .............................................................................. 7-14
7-18 Side Sewers ................................................................................................................ 7-16
7-18.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 7-16
7-18.3(1) General ...................................................................................................... 7-16
7-18.3(2) Fittings ...................................................................................................... 7-16
7-18.3(3) Testing ...................................................................................................... 7-16
7-19 Sewer Cleanouts ........................................................................................................ 7-17
7-19.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 7-17
Division 8 Miscellaneous Construction .............................................................................. 8-1
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control ................................................................ 8-1
8-01.1 Description ................................................................................................. 8-1
8-01.2 Materials ...................................................................................................... 8-1
8-01.3 Construction Requirements ...................................................................... 8-1
8-01.3(1) General ................................................................................................................. 8-1
8-01.3(1)A Submittals ................................................................................................... 8-3
8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead ............................................. 8-4
8-01.3(1)C Water Management ........................................................................................... 8-5
8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater ....................................................................................... 8-5
8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water ...................................................................... 8-6
8-01.3(1)E Detention/Retention Pond Construction ........................................................ 8-6
8-01.3(1)F SWPPP Preparation and General Permit Compliance ........................... 8-6
8-01.3(1)G Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control Installation ...................... 8-9
8-01.3(2) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching ........................................................... 8-9
8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing .............................................................................. 8-9
8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers .................................................................................................. 8-10
8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance .......................................................... 8-10
8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning ......................................................................................... 8-10
8-01.3(15) Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 8-11
8-01.3(16) Removal............................................................................................................ 8-11
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 14
8-02 Roadside Restoration ................................................................................................. 8-12
8-02.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-12
8-02.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-12
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction ...................................................... 8-12
8-02.3(4) Topsoil ...................................................................................................... 8-12
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A ......................................................................................... 8-12
8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C ......................................................................................... 8-12
8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation ....................................................................... 8-13
8-02.3(5)B Root Control Barrier ................................................................................ 8-13
8-02.3(6) Soil Amendments ..................................................................................... 8-13
8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting .................................................................................... 8-13
8-02.3(8) Planting ..................................................................................................... 8-14
8-02.3(10) Fertilizers .................................................................................................. 8-14
8-02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch ....................................................................... 8-15
8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting ................................................................. 8-15
8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment ................................................................................. 8-15
8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement ................................................................................... 8-16
8-02.3(16) Lawn Installation ...................................................................................... 8-16
8-02.3(16)A Lawn Installation ...................................................................................... 8-16
8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment ................................................................................ 8-16
8-02.3(16)C Lawn Mowing............................................................................................ 8-16
8-02.3(16)D Fertilizer for Sodded Area ....................................................................... 8-17
8-03 Irrigation Systems ...................................................................................... 8-17
8-03.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-17
8-03.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-17
8-03.3(2) Excavation ................................................................................................ 8-17
8-03.3(3) Piping ........................................................................................................ 8-17
8-03.3(4) Jointing ..................................................................................................... 8-18
8-03.3(6) Electrical Wire Installation ...................................................................... 8-18
8-03.3(7) Flushing and Testing ............................................................................... 8-18
8-03.3(9) Backfill ...................................................................................................... 8-18
8-03.3(11) System Operation .................................................................................... 8-18
8-03.3(12) Cross Connection Control Device Installation ..................................... 8-19
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 15
8-03.3(13) Irrigation Water Service ........................................................................... 8-19
8-03.3(14) Irrigation Electrical Service..................................................................... 8-19
8-04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways ..................................................................................... 8-19
8-04.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-19
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways ................................. 8-19
8-04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb ........................................................... 8-20
8-05 Dewatering System ..................................................................................................... 8-20
8-05.1 General ...................................................................................................... 8-20
8-05.1(1) Design ....................................................................................................... 8-21
8-05.1(1)A Dewatering Discharge ............................................................................. 8-21
8-05.1(1)B Temporary Dewatering Plan ................................................................... 8-22
8-05.1(2) Damages ................................................................................................... 8-23
8-05.1(2)A Settlement Monitoring Program ............................................................. 8-23
8-05.1(3) Maintaining Excavation in Dewatering Condition ................................ 8-24
8-05.1(4) System Removal ...................................................................................... 8-25
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances ...................................................................... 8-25
8-06.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-25
8-06.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-25
8-06.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-26
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb .................................................................................................... 8-26
8-07.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-26
8-07.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-27
8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs ........................................................................................ 8-27
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers ......................................................................................... 8-27
8-09.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-27
8-09.3(2) Surface Preparation ................................................................................. 8-27
8-09.3(8) Remove Raised Pavement Markings ..................................................... 8-27
8-13 Monument Cases ........................................................................................................ 8-27
8-13.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-27
8-13.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-28
8-13.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-28
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 16
8-13.3(1) Reference Points ...................................................................................... 8-28
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks ...................................................................................... 8-28
8-14.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-28
8-14.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-29
8-14.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-29
8-14.3(1) Excavation ................................................................................................ 8-29
8-14.3(2) Forms ........................................................................................................ 8-29
8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete ............................................................. 8-29
8-14.3(3)A Special Sidewalk ...................................................................................... 8-30
8-14.3(4) Curing ........................................................................................................ 8-30
8-18 Mailbox Supports ........................................................................................................ 8-31
8-18.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-31
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical .................................................... 8-31
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code ............................................................................. 8-31
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspections ..................................................................... 8-31
8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings ................................................................ 8-32
8-20.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-32
8-20.3(1)A Order of Work ........................................................................................... 8-32
8-20.3(4) Foundations.............................................................................................. 8-33
8-20.3(5) Conduit ...................................................................................................... 8-33
8-20.3(5)A General ...................................................................................................... 8-33
8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes..................................... 8-34
8-20.3(8) Wiring ........................................................................................................ 8-35
8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding ................................................................................ 8-35
8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System
(Its) Cabinets ............................................................................................ 8-35
8-20.3(11) Testing ...................................................................................................... 8-36
8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems ............................................................................... 8-36
8-20.3(13)A Light Standards ........................................................................................ 8-36
8-20.3(13)C Luminaires ................................................................................................ 8-36
8-20.3(13)F Luminaire Fusing ..................................................................................... 8-37
8-20.3(13)G Photoelectric Controls ............................................................................ 8-37
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 17
8-20.3(14) Signal Systems ........................................................................................ 8-37
8-20.3(14)B Signal Heads............................................................................................. 8-37
8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors .......................................................... 8-38
8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards ...................................................................................... 8-38
8-20.3(14)F Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption ........................................................... 8-38
8-20.3(14)G Interconnect Network .............................................................................. 8-39
8-20.3(14)H Pedestrian Push Buttons and Signs ...................................................... 8-39
8-20.3(14)I Video Detection System .......................................................................... 8-40
8-20.3(14)J Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Camera System .............................. 8-40
8-20.3(14)J.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-40
8-20.3(14)J.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-40
8-20.3(14)J.2(1) Mounting ................................................................................................. 8-40
8-20.3(14)J.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-40
8-20.3(14)J.3(1) General Cable Installation ..................................................................... 8-40
8-20.3(14)J.3(2) Camera Cable ......................................................................................... 8-41
8-20.3(14)J.3(3) CCTV System Test ................................................................................. 8-41
8-20.3(14)K Wireless Broadband Communications System .................................... 8-41
8-20.3(14)K.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-41
8-20.3(14)K.2 Wireless Broadband System Materials .................................................. 8-42
8-20.3(14)K.3 Testing, Mounting and Wiring ................................................................ 8-42
8-21 Permanent Signing ..................................................................................................... 8-42
8-21.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-42
8-21.3(4) Sign Removal ........................................................................................... 8-43
8-21.3(9)F Foundations ..................................................................................................... 8-43
8-22 Pavement Marking ...................................................................................................... 8-43
8-22.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-43
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings .................................................................................. 8-43
8-23.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-43
8-24 Rock and Gravity Block Wall and Gabion Cribbing .................................................... 8-43
8-24.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-43
8-24.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-44
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 18
8-30 Wood Fence and Gates .............................................................................................. 8-44
8-30.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-44
8-30.2 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-44
8-31 Fiber Optic Communications...................................................................... 8-45
8-31.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-45
8-31.2 Construction Requirements .................................................................... 8-45
8-31.2(1) Contractor Qualifications ........................................................................ 8-45
8-31.2(2) Quality Assurance ................................................................................... 8-45
8-31.2(3) Fiber Optic Cable Installation ................................................................. 8-46
8-31.2(4) Fiber Optic Cable Splicing ...................................................................... 8-47
8-31.2(5) Fiber Optic Cable Labeling ..................................................................... 8-47
8-31.2(6) Fiber Optic Cable Racking in Cable Vaults ........................................... 8-48
8-31.2(7) Fiber Optic Patch Panels ......................................................................... 8-48
8-31.2(8) Fiber Optic Splice Case ........................................................................... 8-48
8-31.3 Fiber Optic Cable Testing ....................................................................... 8-49
8-31.3(1) Insertion Loss Testing ............................................................................. 8-49
8-31.3(2) Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (Otdr) Testing ............................. 8-50
8-31.3(3) Fiber Cable Testing Documentation ...................................................... 8-51
8-32 Bollards 8-51
8-32.1 Description ............................................................................................... 8-51
8-32.2 Materials .................................................................................................... 8-51
Division 9 Materials.......................................................................................................... 9-1
9-02 Bituminous Materials .................................................................................................... 9-1
9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General ........................................................................................ 9-1
9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) .................................................. 9-1
9-02.1(6) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt ............................................................................... 9-2
9-02.5 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Additive ........................................................................ 9-2
9-03 Aggregates .................................................................................................................... 9-2
9-03.1(1) General Requirements ........................................................................................ 9-2
9-03.1(5)B Grading .............................................................................................................. 9-2
9-03.4(1) General Requirements ........................................................................................ 9-3
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 19
9-03.8(1) General Requirements ........................................................................................ 9-3
9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments .................................................................... 9-3
9-03.9(1) Ballast ................................................................................................................... 9-3
9-04 Joint and Crack Sealing Materials ................................................................................ 9-3
9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints .................................................... 9-3
9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement .................................. 9-3
9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement ............................................ 9-4
9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts................................................................................. 9-4
9-05.7(1) Plain Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe ............................................................ 9-4
9-05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe .................................................. 9-4
9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe .................................................................. 9-4
9-05.12(1) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid Wall PVC Storm Pipe, And
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe ........................................................ 9-4
9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe ............................................................................. 9-4
9-06 Structural Steel and Related Materials ......................................................................... 9-4
9-06.5 Bolts 9-4
9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts ........................................................................................................ 9-5
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting ........................................................................ 9-5
9-14.1 Soil ............................................................................................................... 9-5
9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A ........................................................................................... 9-5
9-14.1(3) Topsoil Type C ........................................................................................... 9-6
9-14.4 Mulch and Amendments ........................................................................... 9-6
9-14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips .................................................................................. 9-6
9-14.5(1) Polyacrylamide (PAM) ............................................................................... 9-6
9-14.6 Plant Materials ............................................................................................ 9-6
9-14.6(4) Tagging ....................................................................................................... 9-6
9-14.6(5) Inspection ................................................................................................... 9-6
9-15 Irrigation System ........................................................................................................... 9-7
9-15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings ....................................................... 9-7
9-15.3 Automatic Controllers ............................................................................... 9-7
9-15.5 Valve Boxes ................................................................................................ 9-7
9-15.6 Gate Valves ................................................................................................. 9-7
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 20
9-15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves ......................................................................... 9-7
9-15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment ....................................................................... 9-8
9-15.9 Drain Valves................................................................................................ 9-8
9-15.11 Cross Connection Control Devices ......................................................... 9-8
9-15.17 Electrical Wire and Splices ....................................................................... 9-8
9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape ........................................................................... 9-8
9-21 Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) ................................................................................ 9-9
9-21.2 Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 .......................................................................... 9-9
9-21.2(1) Physical Properties ............................................................................................. 9-9
9-21.2(2) Optical Requirements ......................................................................................... 9-9
9-21.2(3) Strength Requirements ....................................................................................... 9-9
9-28 Signing Materials and Fabrication ................................................................................ 9-9
9-28.11 Hardware................................................................................................................. 9-9
9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts............................................................................... 9-9
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical ..................................................................................... 9-10
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, Outduct ................................................................... 9-10
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes..................................... 9-10
9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes ................................................ 9-11
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable .......................... 9-11
9-29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable ................................................................ 9-12
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards .................................................................................. 9-13
9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards .................................................................... 9-13
9-29.6(1)A Lighting & Signal Standards & Davit Arms ........................................... 9-13
9-29.6(1)B Wrapping ................................................................................................... 9-16
9-29.6(2)A Anchor Bases ........................................................................................... 9-16
9-29.6(4) Welding ..................................................................................................... 9-16
9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware .............................................................................. 9-16
9-29.7 Luminaire Fusing & Electrical Connections at Light Standard
Bases, Cantilever Bases and Sign Bridge Bases ................................. 9-17
9-29.9 Ballast, Transformers .............................................................................. 9-17
9-29.10 Luminaires ................................................................................................ 9-17
9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls ............................................................................ 9-19
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 21
9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices ..................................................................... 9-19
9-29.12(1)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure ...................................................................... 9-19
9-29.12(1)B Molded Splice Enclosure ............................................................................. 9-19
9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material .................................................................. 9-19
9-29.12(3) Splice Enclosures ........................................................................................... 9-20
9-29.12(4) Re-Enterable Splice Enclosure ...................................................................... 9-20
9-29.12(5) Vinyl Electrical Tape for Splices .................................................................... 9-20
9-29.12(6) Sealants .................................................................................................... 9-20
9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing .......................................... 9-20
9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller .......................................................................... 9-21
9-29.13(6) Emergency Preemption ........................................................................... 9-21
9-29.13(10) NEMA, Type 170E, 2070 Controllers and Cabinets .............................. 9-21
9-29.13(10) Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Unit .................................................... 9-21
9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing .................................. 9-22
9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads ........................................................ 9-23
9-29.16(2)A Optical Units ............................................................................................. 9-23
9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads ............................................................................. 9-23
9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings ................................................... 9-23
9-29.18 Vehicle Detector ....................................................................................... 9-23
9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons ........................................................................ 9-24
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals ................................................................................... 9-24
9-29.22 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) ........................................ 9-25
9-29.23 Video Detection Cameras ........................................................................ 9-25
9-29.24 Service Cabinets ...................................................................................... 9-25
9-29.26 Traffic Signal Battery Backup System ................................................... 9-26
9-29.27 CCTV System ........................................................................................... 9-26
9-29.28 Variable Message Sign System .............................................................. 9-26
9-30 Water Distribution Materials ........................................................................................ 9-33
9-30.1 Pipe ............................................................................................................ 9-33
9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe ....................................................................................... 9-33
9-30.2 Fittings ...................................................................................................... 9-34
9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe ....................................................................................... 9-34
9-30.2(6) Restrained Joints ..................................................................................... 9-34
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 22
9-30.3 Valves ........................................................................................................ 9-34
9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3-inches to 16-inches) ...................................................... 9-34
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes .............................................................................................. 9-35
9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly ..................................................... 9-35
9-30.5 Hydrants .................................................................................................... 9-35
9-34 Pavement Marking Material ....................................................................... 9-36
9-34.2(2) Color ................................................................................................................... 9-36
9-34.2(5) Low VOC Waterborne Paint.............................................................................. 9-36
9-34.3 Plastic 9-37
9-34.3(2) Type B – Pre-Formed Fused Thermoplastic ................................................... 9-38
9-34.7(1) Requirements .................................................................................................... 9-38
9-34.7(1)C Auto No-Track Time ........................................................................................ 9-38
9-37 Filter Fabric ................................................................................................................. 9-38
9-37.1 Filter Fabric for Infiltration Systems ...................................................... 9-38
9-38 Submittal Approval ...................................................................................................... 9-39
9-38.1 Submittals ................................................................................................. 9-39
9-38.1(1) Submittal Transmittal Procedures ......................................................... 9-39
9-38.1(2) Request for Submittal Approval (RSA) Form Instructions .................. 9-39
9-38.1(3) Request For Approval Of Material (RAM) Submittal Content .............. 9-41
9-38.1(5) Engineer’s Submittal Review .................................................................. 9-42
9-38.1(6) Submittal Approval and Acceptance Codes ......................................... 9-43
9-38.2 Schedule of Submittals ........................................................................... 9-44
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-1
DIVISION 1 General Requirements
1-01 Definitions and Terms
(April 2006 City of Auburn)
Whenever the words “as directed”, “as required”, “as permitted”, or words of the like effect
are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement or permission of the City of
Auburn is intended. The words “sufficient”, “necessary”, “proper”, and the like shall mean
sufficient, necessary or proper in the judgment of the City of Auburn. The words
“approved”, “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or other words of the like shall mean approved by,
or acceptable to, the City of Auburn.
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Supplement this Section with the following:
All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special
Provisions, to the terms “State”, “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State
Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”,
“Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”.
All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”
unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State
statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise.
All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency
designated location”.
(October 2018D, City of Auburn)
Applicant
The term Applicant shall be used to mean the Owner and any agent of the Owner
authorized to represent the Owner. For Facility Extension Work, the term Applicant
also refers to the Developer.
Applicant’s Engineer
The term Applicant’s Engineer shall be used to mean the individu al, partnership,
firm, corporation, or joint venture, contracting with the Applicant to complete the
engineering design of the prescribed work.
City
The term City shall be used to mean the City Engineer or any designee thereof.
Contract
Where the term Contract is used within this document it shall mean the work
necessary to complete the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Contract Documents
The term Contract Documents shall be used to mean the combination of
requirements as follows:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-2
1. WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal
Construction 2016 (English) edition, except as modified or superseded
herein,
2. WSDOT Standard Plans (M21-01) for Road, Bridge and Municipal
Construction, Current Version unless otherwise referenced in the Plans.
3. City of Auburn Standard Details, Current Version unless otherwise
referenced in the Plans.
4. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, current
edition,
5. American Water Works Association Standards, current edition,
6. The City approved plans, and
7. Any other documents reviewed and approved by the City and required as
part of the development, including Facility Extension Agreements,
Development Agreements, SEPA Conditions, and other documents.
Contracting Agency
The term Contracting Agency shall mean the City of Auburn.
Contractor:
The term Contractor shall be used to mean the individual, partnership, firm,
corporation, or joint venture, contracting with the Applicant to do the prescribed
work.
Current Edition
The latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing
agencies which have been published as of the date that the project is approved,
shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in
conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes.
Dates
Completion Date
The day all the work specified for the project is completed and all the
obligations of the Contractor are fulfilled. All required documentation must
be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. The
Completion Date is the date on which the guarantee/warranty period begins.
Final Acceptance Date
Final Acceptance Date is the same as Completion Date.
Engineer
The term Engineer shall be used to mean the City Engineer or any designee
thereof.
Equal Products
The terms “or equal”, “approved equivalent”, etc., as used in the Contract
Documents, shall mean equal as determined by the City Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-3
Measurement
The term Measurement is used in reference to public contract bid items and is not
applicable to development projects.
Notice to Proceed
The written notice from the City to the Contractor authorizing the Contractor to
begin working.
Payment
The term Payment is used in reference to public contract bid items and is not
applicable to development projects.
Plans
The City approved plans and the Standard Details and/or Standard Plans
referenced by them , which show location, character, and dimensions of the
prescribed work including layouts, profiles, cross-sections, and other details.
Project
The term Project shall mean the development project being governed by the
Contract Documents under an approved permit with the City.
Project Specifications
The term Project Specifications shall refer to the Standard Specifications as
amended, revised, and supplemented by the Special Provisions.
Special Provisions
The term Special Provisions shall be used to mean the supplemental specifications
to the WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal
Construction developed, prepared, and approved by the City of Auburn and
contained in Part I of the manual titled “City of Auburn Engineering Construction
Standards”. To clarify the purpose of each section provided, Special Provisions
have the following section descriptions.
Supplement: Text supplements or adds clarification to that Section of the
Standard Specifications.
Revision: Parts of that Section of the Standard Specification are altered.
Replacement: Text replaces the entire identified Section of the Standard
Specifications.
New Section: This Section is a City of Auburn specification or is unique to this
project and will not be found in the Standard Specifications.
Deletion: This Section is deleted in its entirety.
Standard Details
Same as “Standard Plans” as defined in the Standard Specifications.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-4
Standard Plans
The manual of standard plans adopted by the City of Auburn is the City of Auburn
Construction Standards – Part 2 Standard Details, which includes City of Auburn Standard
Details and certain WSDOT Standard Plans by reference.
Standard Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, English)
edition as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation,
hereinafter referred to as the “Standard Specifications”. The most current p ublished
hardcopy version of the Standard Specifications shall apply unless noted otherwise
in the Plans.
Traffic
Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists,
wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic.
Shop Drawings
Same as “Working Drawings” as defined in the Standard Specifications.
Working Days and Business Days
Working Days and Business Days shall refer to days that are not considered holidays or
nonworking days as defined in Section 1-08.5 of the Standard Specifications.
1-04.11 Final Cleanup
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
The third sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The City Right-of-Way, material sites, and all ground the Contractor occupied to do the
Work shall be left neat and presentable.
Supplement the section with the following:
Final cleanup shall also include cleaning out all newly installed storm drain pipe and
structures and any ditches that may have been filled during the work, replacing damaged
surfacing, and putting the site in a neat, orderly condition and, in respect to structures,
cleaning all windows and leaving buildings broom clean.
1-05 Control of Work
1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes
(September 2016 City of Auburn)
Revise the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
The allowable tolerance for the Contractor’s work shall not exceed 0.02 feet from lines,
grades, depths and cross-sections shown on the Plans unless otherwise specified in these
contract documents.
Supplement this section with the following:
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-5
The Contractor shall establish all survey controls, both horizontal and vertical, as necessary
to assure proper placement of all project elements based on the primary control points
provided by the Engineer. Survey work shall be within the following tolerances:
Stationing ±0.01 foot
Alignment ±0.01 foot (between successive points)
Superstructure Elevations ±0.01 foot (from plan elevations)
Substructure Elevations ±0.05 foot (from plan elevations)
During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer all
field books including survey information, footing elevations, cross sections and quantities.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the close coordination of field locations and
measurements with appropriate dimensions of structural members being fabricated.
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in
a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the
Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified
in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the
Contracting Agency may deem necessary.
If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer
determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and
unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced,
or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or
other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer,
a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or
damage to the public.
Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and
remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to
perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Such direct costs shall include in particular, but
without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for
repair and replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work.
The rights exercised under the provisions of this Section shall not diminish the Contracting
Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect
to the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required.
1-05.10 Guarantees
(June 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All work shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of one year beyond the “Completion
Date” thereof against defective materials, equipment, and workmanship and shall also
include the landscape establishment required in the Contract per Section 8-02.3(13) (Plant
Establishment). At its sole discretion, the City may require a longer warranty period for
some, or all, work, and will indicate this requirement in the applicable agreement and/or
permit documents.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-6
Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the material, equipment or
workmanship during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced with
new materials or equipment by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. This guarantee
shall be bonded in compliance with Section 1-03.4 (Contract Bond). The Contractor shall
be available approximately 60 calendar days prior to the expiration of the one-year
guarantee period to tour the project, with the Engineer, in support of the Engineer’s effort to
establish a list of corrective work required under the one-year guarantee. Upon the receipt
of written notice of such required corrective work, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously,
diligently, and without unauthorized interruption of the City Facilities, the work necessary to
correct the items listed.
1-05.11 Final Inspection
Delete the entire Section and replace with the following:
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection,
the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection.
The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then
make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all
particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The
Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy
the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without
interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue
until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected.
If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the
written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the
Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to
Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because
of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right
hereunder.
Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the
Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically
complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall
not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the
contract have been fulfilled.
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have, at the Physical Completion Date, a
complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of
machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal
systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work, it may be desirable for the
Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final
inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-7
the Contract Provisions for operational testing, they shall be fully tested under operating
conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical
Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any
items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first
class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and
equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the
Engineer, so the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they
were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and
corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to
successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices
related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal.
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a
manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract.
1-05.12 Final Acceptance
(June 2018D, City of Auburn)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
The Contractor must perform all physical Work under the Contract before a Completion
Date and final acceptance can occur.
Add the following new section:
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
1-05.17 Oral Agreements
No oral agreement, conversation, or electronic mail (e-mail), excluding electronic submittals
outlined in Section 1-06 (Control of Material) and Requests for Information outlined in
Section 1-04.3(1) (Request for Information (RFI)), with any officer, agent, or employee of
the City, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the
terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral
agreement, conversation, or e-mail shall be considered as unofficial information and in no
way binding upon the City, unless subsequently put in writing AND signed by the City.
Add the following new section:
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
1-05.18 Record Drawings
The following requirements are intended to provide the project Contractor with the
information necessary to furnish the City with satisfactory record construction drawings:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for tracking all relevant field changes to
the approved construction drawings. These changes shall be clearly
identified in red ink in a comprehensive manner on one set of full size Plans
to be known as the “Record Construction Drawings”.
2. The Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept
separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record
Drawings. The Record Drawings shall be kept on site, and shall be available
for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-8
the Record Drawings to each progress meeting for review when such
meetings are included in the Contract.
3. The quality of the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity, and
completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to modify
the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a complete
set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further
investigative effort by the Contracting Agency.
4. The record construction drawings shall identify all existing or abandoned
utilities that were encountered during construction that were not shown on
the approved construction drawings.
5. The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both
concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include
but are not limited to:
Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different
than shown in the Plans.
Changes made by Change Order or Field Directive.
Changes made by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer.
Accurate locations of storm drainage, sanitary sewer, water mains
and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards,
vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building
footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe
invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.).
The record construction drawings shall identify all deviations from the approved
construction drawings as follows:
Sanitary Sewer
Manholes:
Type/size of structure
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Rim elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Invert elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Pipes:
Type of pipe
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Length between structures to the nearest 1 foot
Slopes based on invert elevations
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Side Sewers:
Type of pipe
Location from reference manhole to the nearest 1 foot horizontal and
consistent with the TV report
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Length between structures to the nearest 1 foot
Slopes based on the constructed invert elevations
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-9
Invert elevations at right-of-way lines to the nearest 0.5-feet vertical
Storm Drainage
Manholes/Catch Basins:
Type/size of structure
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Rim elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Invert elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Pipes:
Type of pipe
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Length between structures to the nearest 1-foot
Slopes based on the constructed invert elevations
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Water
Pipes:
Type of pipe and joints
Deflection of bends to the nearest 1 degree
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Location to the nearest 0.5-foot vertical between valves at 50-foot
stations and intersection with other utilities
Length between valves to the nearest 1 foot
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Valves, Hydrants, Blowoffs, Air Vacs, and PRV’s:
Type of facility
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Meters and Services:
Type of service material
Location of service line to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Meter location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Meter sizes to the nearest ¼-inch in diameter
Streets
Public Streets:
Centerline elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical at 100-foot
stations
Centerline slopes and vertical curve data based on the constructed
centerline elevations
Gutterline elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical (if not a standard
crown section)
Gutterline slopes and vertical curve data based on the constructed
gutterline elevations (if not a standard crown section)
Driveway and Sidewalk:
Type of driveway (commercial or residential section)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-10
Centerline driveway location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Driveway width to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Sidewalk width to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Channelization:
Type of buttons, reflectors, and curbs
General layout location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Signing:
Type of signs
Location of signs to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Illumination:
Location of luminaries, junction boxes and service cabinets to the
nearest 1-foot horizontal
Signalization:
Location of signal poles, junction boxes, service cabinets, and
controllers to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
6. At the time the Contractor transmits the comprehensive redline Record
Construction Drawings to the City, they shall certify that said drawings are in
conformance to the above-referenced requirements and are an accurate
depiction of built conditions;
7. The City shall receive and approve the Contractor’s certified “Record
Construction Drawings” as specified herein prior to achieving physical
completion.
These Record Construction Drawings shall be kept current during the course of
construction by the Contractor and be available for review upon request by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate
depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above.
The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting
Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving
Physical Completion.
1-06 Control of Material
1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use
(March 2018, City of Auburn)
Section 1-06.1 is supplemented with the following:
For each proposed material that is required to be submitted for approval using either the
QPL or RAM process identified in Section 9-38.1(2) (Request for Approval of Material
(RAM)) the Contractor will be allowed to submit for approval two materials per material type
at no cost. Additional materials may be submitted for approval and will be processed at a
cost of $100.00 per material submitted by QPL submittal and $300.00 per material
submitted by RAM. All costs for the processing additional materials will be deducted from
monies due or that may come due to the Contractor. Subject to a request by the
Contractor and a determination by the Engineer the costs for processing may be waived.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-11
1-06.1(2) Request for Approval of Material (RAM)
(February 2019 City of Auburn)
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The RAM shall be prepared by the Contractor in accordance with the instructions identified
in Section 9-38.1(2) (Request for Submittal Approval (RSA) Form Instructions) and be
submitted to the Engineer for approval before the material is incorporated into the Work.
1-06.6 Recycled Materials
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the
construction of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed
elsewhere in the Standard Specifications.
Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled
materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed
in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete
aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g.
utilization of on-site material and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier).
The Contractor’s report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials
Reporting.
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall
apply.
The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount
administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the
Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA).
The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the
project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall
establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate
removal to a hospital, or doctor’s care, for persons, including employees, who may have
been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project
site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of
injured persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the
Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from
their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely
and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all
persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-12
continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of
the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance does not, and
shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor’s safety measures
in, on, or near the project site.
1-07.2 State Taxes
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP)
Delete this Section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the
following.
Add the following new section:
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
1-07.5(5) City of Auburn Requirements
The following list represents a portion of City of Auburn Code requirements dealing with the
preservation of public natural resources that affect or are affected by the proposed work.
Copies of applicable code are available in the City Clerk’s office at City Hall, 25 West Main
Street, Auburn, Washington. The City recommends that bidders review such materials
before submitting sealed proposals.
City of Auburn Code – Section 8.28: Defines general noise nuisances prohibited in the City
of Auburn.
City of Auburn Code – Sections 14, 16, 17, 18: Reviews types of permits required for
grading, landfills, mining, excavation, utility extension, building and all associated permits.
Requirements of City Code and the most current edition of the Uniform Building Code
adopted by the City apply in all cases. Permit applications are reviewed by the Planning
Department, Building Division and/or Engineering Division.
City of Auburn Code – Section 18.62: Permitting required for all mine-related activities
(including asphalt or concrete batching, rock crushing, and transportation to and from a
mine). Permit applications are reviewed by the Planning Department.
1-07.6 Permits and Licenses
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The Contractor shall become familiar with all permits and licenses to be obtained and shall
ensure that all their requirements are met.
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All required permits and licenses shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor.
1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
In this section, “creed” is revised to read “religion”.
Item numbers 1 through 9 are revised to read 2 through 10, respectively.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-13
After the preceding Amendment is applied, the following new item number 1 is inserted:
1. The Contractor shall maintain a Work site that is free of harassment, humiliation,
fear, hostility and intimidation at all times. Behaviors that violate this requirement
include but are not limited to:
a. Persistent conduct that is offensive and unwelcome.
b. Conduct that is considered to be hazing.
c. Jokes about race, gender, or sexuality that are offensive.
d. Unwelcome, unwanted, rude or offensive conduct or advances of a sexual
nature which interferes with a person’s ability to perform their job or creates
an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
e. Language or conduct that is offensive, threatening, intimidating or hostile
based on race, gender, or sexual orientation.
f. Repeating rumors about individuals in the Work Site that are considered to be
harassing or harmful to the individual’s reputation.
(December 2016 City of Auburn)
The City will not knowingly do business with any bidder, contractor, subcontractor, or
vendor whose employment practices are discriminatory and not in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations. The City reserves the right to determine the Contractor’s,
Subcontractor’s, or Vendor’s normal employment practices, and will take whatever action it
considers appropriate should discriminatory employment practices be discovered.
1-07.11(5) Sanctions
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is supplemented with the following:
Immediately upon the Engineer’s request, the Contractor shall remove from the Work
site any employee engaging in behaviors that promote harassment, humiliation, fear or
intimidation including but not limited to those described in these specifications.
1-07.11(6) Incorporation of Provisions
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The first sentence is revised to read:
The Contractor shall include the provisions of Section 1-07.11(2) Contractual
Requirements (1) through (5) and the Section 1-07.11(5) Sanctions in every
subcontract including procurement of materials and leases of equipment.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-14
1-07.13(2) Relief of Responsibility for Completed Work
(March 2018,, City of Auburn)
This Section is deleted and replaced with the following:
Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear the risk of loss or
damage for all finished or partially finished work until completion of the work. This includes
all vandalism, theft, and acts of God or nature.
1-07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic
(April 2006, City of Auburn)
Revise the first sentence to read:
When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize a roadway facility during construction, the
Contractor may, upon approval of a written request for each completed section, be relieved
of responsibility for damages to permanent work by public traffic under the following
circumstances:
1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention
(May 2015, City of Auburn)
Supplement this Section with the following:
The Contractor shall implement erosion and sediment control (ESC) measures as
necessary to prevent erosion and to stop sediment-laden water from leaving the site and
entering the storm drain system. Measures shall be in accordance with, and conform to,
the City of Auburn Surface Water Management Manual and Section 8-01 (Erosion Control
and Water Pollution Control) of these Special Provisions.
1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall not trespass upon private property and shall be responsible for all
injury or damage to persons or property, directly or indirectly, resulting from the
Contractor’s operations in completing this work. The Contractor shall comply with the laws
and regulations of the City of Auburn, County, State, and Federal governments relating to
the safety of persons and property and will be held responsible for, and required to make
good, all injury and damage to persons or property caused by the Contractor’s operations.
Sprinkler irrigation systems that encroach within the limits of improvements shall be
modified as necessary to ensure operation “equal or better than” the original condition upon
completion of the improvements. This work will include, but not be limited to, cutting and
capping existing pipe, relocating existing risers and sprinkler heads, new pipe heads and
connections, and testing of the system.
The Contractor shall give a minimum of 7 working days prior written notification to the
owners of any ditches, landscaping, irrigation lines and appurtenances that interfere with
the work. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to irrigation facilities by the
Contractor’s operations and shall restore such damaged facilities to “equal or better than”
original condition.
Asphalt concrete pavement or bituminous surfacing outside the project area that is
disturbed by the work shall be restored to its original condition. Asphalt pavement
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-15
restoration shall comply with the provisions of Section 5-02 (Bituminous Surface Treatment)
and 5-04 (Hot Mix Asphalt) of the Contract Specifications.
Existing cement concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk structures disturbed by the Contractor’s
operations shall be replaced to match existing. Cement concrete shall be Class 3000 with
entrained air in conformance with Section 6-02 (Concrete Structure) of the Contract
Specifications.
Existing street shoulders disturbed by the Contractor’s operation shall be resurfaced with 6
inches of compacted Gravel Borrow and 2 inches of compacted Crushed Surfacing Top
Course sloped ½ inches per foot away from the paved street. Street shoulder restoration
shall be in conformance with Section 4-04.3(11) (Shoulder Ballast) of the Contract
Specifications.
All other surfaces, mailboxes, fences, signs, lawn irrigation systems, etc., disturbed by the
project, shall be promptly replaced or relocated to original or better condition. Gravel
driveways disturbed by the work shall be resurfaced with a compacted 2-inch layer of
Crushed Surfacing Top Course. All ditches shall be reconstructed as indicated on the
drawings.
The Contractor shall restore all disturbed landscaping in conformance with Section 8-02
(Roadside Restoration) of the Contract Specifications.
1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property
Add the following new section:
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
1-07.16(1)A Protection and Restoration of Existing Markers and
Monuments
All existing survey monuments and property corner markers shall be protected from
movement by the Contractor. All existing survey markers and/or monuments that must be
removed for construction purposes are to be referenced by survey ties and then replaced
by the Contractor. All existing property corner markers disturbed or remove d by the
Contractor’s operations which, in the opinion of the Engineer, were not required to be
removed for construction purposes shall be replaced, at the Contractor’s own expense, by
a Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of Washington. Th is includes the City
of Auburn benchmark system. Any damaged monuments must be reset to second order,
first class specifications.
1-07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration
(August 2, 2010 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-07.16(2) is supplemented with the following:
Vegetation and soil protection zones for trees shall extend out from the trunk to a distance
of 1 foot radius for each inch of trunk diameter at breast height.
Vegetation and soil protection zones for shrubs shall extend out from the stems at ground
level to twice the radius of the shrub.
Vegetation and soil protection zones for herbaceous vegetation shall extend to encompass
the diameter of the plant as measured from the outer edge of the plant.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-16
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities
(June 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following.
For the purpose of determining vertical clearance requirements for overhead power and
communication lines, all public and private streets within the City of Auburn shall be
considered conventional highways and are subject to the requirements stated in WAC-468-
34-290 unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following.
The Contractor is responsible for determining the exact location of existing underground
utilities.
A list of utilities and known contact persons will be available at the pre-construction
conference for the Contractor’s convenience. In most cases, the City has contacted these
utility companies, identifying the project elements and potential impacts to their facilities.
The Contractor is responsible for any breakage of utilities or services resulting from their
operations.
The Contractor is responsible for the complete repair (including materials) of any utility
damaged by the work (including water services) Copper water service lines, if damaged,
must be replaced in kind by one continuous service line from the water main to the meter.
Splicing will not be permitted. The contractor shall repair any damage caused by broken
water mains or services. The Contractor shall have sufficient materials and qualified
personnel available to effect immediate repairs of water and sewer lines that may be
damaged by the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for securing private locate services where One-
Number Locator Services do not cover (such as property outside the public right of way).
Add the following new section:
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
1-07.17(1)A Disruptions to City Water Services
All water service shutdowns caused by construction activities shall be requested by the
Contractor a minimum of 4 working days in advance of the proposed shutdown, shall be
approved by the City a minimum of 2 working days before the shutdown, and shall be
performed by City Water Utility staff. The Contractor shall schedule Work such that all
water service disruptions are limited to 4 hours.
The City does not guarantee a complete dry system following any water shutdown. All
costs for dewatering following a water shutdown shall be included in the unit bid prices of
the work involved.
Add the following new section:
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
1-07.17(1)B(1)Utility Potholing
The Contractor shall physically locate, uncover, and document the location of underground
utilities at the locations identified in the plans. The purpose of utility potholing is to allow
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-17
sufficient time ahead of pipe laying operations to identify underground conflicts, allow
ample time to make minor adjustments in pipe grade and/or alignment, and generally
facilitate the Contractor’s work schedule.
The Contractor shall submit a potholing plan/schedule to the Engineer for review and/or
approval prior to commencing potholing or pipe laying operations. The plan shall show the
proposed location and clearly state the purpose for each proposed potholing location. The
Engineer may add or delete potholing locations.
In no way shall the work described under Utility Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of
the responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 (Utilities and Similar Facilities) of the
Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
1-07.17(2) Utility Construction, Removal, or Relocation by Others
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
Any authorized agent of the Contracting Agency or utility owners may enter the City right -
of-way to repair, rearrange, alter, or connect their equipment.
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following.
1-07.18 Insurance
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
1-07.18(1) General Requirements
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all
subsections of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a
current A. M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in
the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve
or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer’s financial condition.
B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the
commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and
for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise
indicated below.
C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and
that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this
Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the
retroactive date. Claims-made form coverage shall be maintained by the
Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier
termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the
Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of
coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall
purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of
guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial
responsibility for liability for services performed.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-18
D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess
or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory
insurance as respects the Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or
self-insured pool coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool
coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the
Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds
with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their
receipt of such notice.
F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required
insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency
G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall
constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency
may, after giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the
breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or
renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith,
with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand,
or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the
Contractor from the Contracting Agency.
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of
Professional Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the
following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements
required herein:
the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents,
and volunteers
The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of
liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained
by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective
of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-
07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor.
For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional
insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for
ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance
coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided
insurance as set forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for
determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-19
The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities
listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies
as required by that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least
as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for
completed operations.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the
Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured
endorsements of each Subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4)
Verification of Coverage.
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance
and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth
herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of
Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance
requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the
insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of
Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance.
Verification of coverage shall include:
1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be
equivalent.
2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities
listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The
Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its
policies instead of a separate endorsement.
3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein.
4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not
satisfy these requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the
Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders
Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is
required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work.
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below.
Contractor’s maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required
herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage
provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency’s recourse to
any remedy available at law or in equity.
All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to
approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-20
the deductible or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles
or self-insured retention, said deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least
as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability
arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors,
products-completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability
assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising
from explosion, collapse or underground property damage.
The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per
project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent
endorsement.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the
Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial
Completion of the Work.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$2,000,000 General Aggregate
$2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence
$1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and
shall be written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the
work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include
MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limit:
$1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation
(January 44, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the
Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington.
1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with limits of not
less than $1 million each occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-21
umbrella liability coverage shall be excess over and as least as broad in coverage
as the Contractor’s Commercial General and Auto Liability insurance
All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named as
additional insureds on the Contractor’s Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance
policy.
This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor’s primary
Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverages, or any combination
thereof that achieves the overall required limits of insurance.
1-07.18(5)E LHWCA Insurance
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
If this Contract involves work on or adjacent to Navigable Waters of the United
States, the Contractor shall procure and maintain insurance coverage in compliance
with the statutory requirements of the U.S. Longshore and Harbor Workers'
Compensation Act (LHWCA).
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Accident – each accident
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – each employee
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – policy limits
1-07.18(5)J Pollution Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall provide a Contractors Pollution Liability policy, providing
coverage for claims involving bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of
tangible property that has not been physically injured), cleanup costs, remediation,
disposal or other handling of pollutants, including costs and expenses incurred in
the investigation, defense, or settlement of claims, arising out of any one or more of
the following:
1. Contractor’s operations related to this project.
2. Remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead-based
paint or materials containing asbestos.
3. Transportation of hazardous materials away from any site related to this
project.
All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named by
endorsement as additional insureds on the Contractors Pollution Liability insurance
policy.
Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 each loss and $2,000,000 annual aggregate
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
In the last sentence of the first paragraph, replace the word “Highway” with the word
“Public”.
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-22
The use of any project area by vehicles or pedestrians before project acceptance is not to
be construed as utilization by the City of Auburn.
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All unattended excavations shall be barricaded at all times.
The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Inspector of all barricading and lighting
before leaving the job site each day. Failure to provide proper barricading and lighting will
be cause for the City to call in a barricading company to install proper barricades and lights
and charge the Contractor for all costs incurred. Inspector approval shall not relieve the
Contractor of their legal responsibilities in case of project area accidents.
At the end of each working day, the Contractor shall place temporary patches or steel
plates over unfinished portions of trenches crossing traveled ways. Material for temporary
patches shall be hot or cold mix asphalt concrete. The cost for temporary patches or steel
plates shall be included in the appropriate unit bid prices for the work involved.
Traffic control devices that are in conflict with required construction traffic devices or
construction work shall be covered, removed and temporarily stored, or temporarily
relocated by the Contractor.
Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices shall be in accordance with Section 1-
10.3 (Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices).
Signal downtime will not be allowed Monday thru Friday between the hours of 6:00 AM and
9:00 AM and between 3:00 PM and 6:00 PM
Add the following new section:
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
1-07.23(1)A Dust and Mud Control and Street Cleaning
The Contractor is responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits. All
streets outside the project limits used by the Contractor during the execution of this
Contract shall be kept clean. The Contractor shall be prepared to use the proper
equipment necessary to render the streets free of all mud, debris, and foreign materials.
Any damage caused by dust or mud accumulation on the streets and in the storm sewer
system shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor’s cleaning actions must comply with the City of Auburn’s Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM). A copy of the City’s SWMM manual can be found on the
City’s website at auburnwa.gov under publications and forms.
The Contractor shall provide for a clean surface on all surfaced roadways upon completion
of each day’s activities. Equipment required for this operation shall be on the job site or
available at all times. Failure to have this equipment on the job site or available may
necessitate a shutdown of the project.
Add the following new section:
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-23
1-07.23(1)B Daily Cleanup and Maintenance Items
The Contractor shall clean all roadways, streets and appurtenances, including sidewalks
which are open for public use, of all material or debris that has been dropped or otherwise
deposited thereon, as a result of Contractor’s on- and off-site operations, at the conclusion
of each working day, and at such other times as deemed necessary by the Engineer to
ensure the safety of the traveling public and to prevent inconvenience to the public and
owners of private property adjacent to the project.
If the Engineer determines that roadways, streets, sidewalks, and appurtenances are not
properly cleaned to prevent public inconvenience, or the condition of the excavation or
disposal sites so warrant, the Contractor shall provide facilities to remove clay or other
deposits from tires, between wheels, and outside of truck beds before trucks and other
equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets.
Any violation of the above requirements will be sufficient grounds for the Engineer to order
the roadways, streets and appurtenances cleaned or sprinkled by others at the expense of
the Contractor.
1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit a written procedure for routing and m aintenance of traffic. The
City of Auburn Engineering Division, City of Auburn Police Department, and the Valley
Regional Fire Authority must approve all street blockage, traffic routing, etc.
Streets may be closed to through traffic, unless otherwise specified in Section 1-07.23(1)C
(Closure Restrictions), with Engineer approval. The Contractor shall obtain written
approval from the Engineer at least 15 working days prior to an anticipated street closure.
Street closures shall be such that they provide for maximum public safety and public
convenience. They shall be opened to through traffic at such time as the work has been
completed, or as the Engineer may direct.
Street closures and detours shall provide for the following:
1. Reasonable access to, and egress from, the properties adjacent to the
project at all times.
2. At least one-way traffic on all existing roadways within the project limits
during working hours and at the end of each working day provisions for the
safe passage of two-way traffic during the non-working hours.
3. If the Contractor requires delays or limited term street closure beyond that
provided for herein, the request shall be submitted, in writing, for the
approval of the Engineer before the anticipated delay or closure. The delay
or closure request shall state the reason, the locations, the time and date,
and the duration of the required delay or closure.
4. The Contractor is required, at their own expense, to remove all excess
materials, debris, or other obstruction caused by their operation, from the
streets or alleys as the work progresses, whether within the project limits or
along haul routes. If the Contractor neglects to remove such materials or
obstruction and return streets, sidewalks, driveways, and roads in suitable
condition for traffic within 1 working day after having received written notice
from the Engineer, the work may be done by the City of Auburn and the cost
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-24
thereof charged to the Contractor and deducted from money due, or to
become due, to the Contractor. The Contractor shall repair or replace any
streets, sidewalks, roads, or culverts damaged by their operations, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and other concerned parties.
5. The Contractor must maintain convenient access for local traffic to
driveways, houses, and buildings along the work route. Such access shall
be maintained as near as possible to that which existed before construction
began. The Contractor shall provide 10 working days advance notice to all
property owners and tenants of street and alley closures or other restrictions,
which may interfere with their access. When the abutting owners’ access
across right-of-way lines is to be eliminated and replaced under the Contract
by another access, the existing access shall not be closed until the
replacement access facility is available.
The Contractor shall be responsible for making detailed notifications of detours and
closures as follows:
1. The Contractor shall provide at least 10 working days advance written
notification to the local public transportation organization(s), School District,
Fire Authority and Police Department before the beginning of operations, so
that these agencies may reroute their emergency vehicles around the
construction zone. If the Fire Authority or Police Department determine that
rerouting is not possible, the Contractor shall provide reasonable access
through the construction zone at all times.
2. The Contractor shall notify all affected owners and agencies of all closures,
detours and traffic interruptions at least 10working days in advance of such
closure. Notification shall be in writing and must include the beginning and
ending times and dates of traffic disruption(s), names of streets or locations
of alleys to be affected, detour routes, etc. The Contractor shall give the
Engineer written certification of all notifications before all traffic disruptions.
On large projects requiring extended traffic disruption, the Contractor shall
make additional notifications, as conditions require.
1-07.24 Rights of Way
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
(September 2018D, City of Auburn)
Street right-of-way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits shall be
shown on the Plans. The Contractor’s activities shall be confined within these limits, unless
arrangements for use of private property are made.
Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public right of
way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement
agreements obtained by the City from the owner of the private property. If easement
agreements were obtained by the City as part of this project, they are included in the
Appendix. Copies of the easement agreements not obtained prior to advertising will be
made available to the Contractor once obtained by the City.
The Contractor shall give 48 hours’ notice to each property owner prior to entry of each
property. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private
improvements must be adjusted.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-25
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the City,
any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary
construction staging facilities, Contractor’s convenience, storage or materials, or other
Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work
or not, the Contractor shall submit to the City a completed “Property Owner Permission for
Construction” form. The “Property Owner Permission f or Construction” form is available at
the City of Auburn Public Works Department. If the Contractor utilizes private property for
temporary construction facilities, storage of materials and equipment, employee parking or
other Contractor needs, a “Temporary Use Permit” shall be secured from the City of Auburn
in accordance with Section 18.46A.070 of the Auburn City Code. The Contractor must file
a written release with the City from all private property owners upon whose property the
Contractor’s operations has encroached before completion, unless such work was specified
in the Contract.
Add the following new section:
(March 2018, City of Auburn)
1-07.28 Haul Routes
Prior to moving any materials or equipment on public streets, the Contractor shall submit a
haul route plan to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval). The
plan must be submitted 10 working days prior to hauling. The Engineer must approve the
haul route plan before hauling begins. Damage done to streets during the Contractor’s
hauling shall be repaired to pre-construction conditions at the Contractor’s expense.
If the Contractor hauls materials or equipment without an approved haul route plan or not in
accordance with an approved haul route, the Contractor may be assessed penalties per
Section 1-08.9(1) (Penalties). The assessment of penalties is at the sole discretion of the
Engineer.
1-08 Prosecution and Progress
Add the Following New Section Including Subsections:
(May 25, 2006 APWA GSP)
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
Prior to beginning construction work a preconstruction conference will be scheduled
between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited.
The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated
or affected by the work;
3. To establish and review procedures for notifications, approvals, submittals,
etc.;
4. To establish normal working hours for the work;
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference, the following, per Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval):
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-26
1. Preliminary progress schedule.
2. SPCC Plan per Section 1-07.15(1) of the Contract Documents.
In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the following at the preconstruction
conference:
1. Emergency Call List; and
2. A Preliminary Schedule of Submittals
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, normal
working hours shall be from between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday.If
the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request
All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such
as noise ordinances).
If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall
submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what
hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than
5 working days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours.
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
If the requested working hour deviation is approved by the Engineer, it may be revoked at
any time the City receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners
regarding the noise from the Contractor’s operations.
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
(August 2015D City of Auburn)
The City will send a dated and signed official “Notice to Proceed” to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Engineer has given the Notice to
Proceed. The Contractor shall give the City at least three (3) working days advance notice
before beginning each phase of the work (such as excavation, street paving, etc.). The
Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to be completed within the existing public Right-
of-way in the agreed upon timeframe. This timeframe shall be established by the submittal
and acceptance of a construction schedule addressing all items of work and their
completion
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-27
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control
1-10.1 General
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor is also responsible for distributing City provided informational flyers to
affected property owners. The flyers shall be hand-delivered to these properties before the
start of construction and shall include the name of the project, funding source, general
contractor, approximate date for start and completion of construction activities. . The
Contractor shall provide traffic control for City provided inspection, testing, and survey as
requested by the Engineer.
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management
1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans
(April 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Contractor prepared Traffic Control Plans shall conform to the established standards for
plan development as shown in the MUTCD, 2009 Edition, Part VI, and the WSDOT Work
Zone Traffic Control Guidelines, latest edition. A separate pedestrian traffic control plan
shall be required from the Contractor if normal pedestrian travel is affected by the
Contractors actions. The Contractor shall submit the Traffic Control Plan and/or Pedestrian
Accommodation Plan to the Engineer for review and approval at least 5 working days in
advance of the time the traffic control devices, including signs, are scheduled to be installed
and utilized. The Engineer must approve the Traffic Control Plan before any onsite work
begins on the project. Outside edges of the traveled way may be delineated with traffic
safety drums or tubular markers providing that the requirements of Section 1-07.23(1)
(Construction Under Traffic) are met. Barricades shall be in accordance with the applicable
Standard Plans.
1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices
1-10.3(1)Traffic Control Labor
1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor
April 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
When working within signalized intersections, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate
the use of City provided uniformed police officers to control traffic. Contractor is
responsible for all coordination with the City of Auburn Police Department to secure a
uniformed police officer as required. This coordination shall be done a minimum of 3
working days in advance of the day a uniformed police officer is necessary. When the City
of Auburn Police Department is not able to secure a uniformed police officer, the Contractor
shall provide uniformed officers from outside police agencies and shall contract for those
services directly. Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to the use of outside agency
police services.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-28
1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall provide and install “Construction Site Sign(s)” in accordance with the
contract documents 2 working days in advance of any on site construction activities.
Installation of the signs shall be in accordance with Section 1-10.3(3) (Construction Signs)
and ) and the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail.
Add the following new section:
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
1-10.3(3)L Temporary Signage for Roadway Traffic Revisions
Temporary “Traffic Revision Ahead” (W20-901) signs with two warning flags shall be
installed in advance of roadway projects that include traffic revisions. Temporary “New
Signal Ahead” (W20-902) signs with two warning flags shall be installed in advance of the
intersection on all approaches to the new signal. Temporary “Traffic Signal Revision” (W20 -
903) signs with two warning flags shall be installed in advance of each intersection
approach with signal modifications. A 12-inch x 12-inch warning placard shall be affixed to
the top of each signal head being modified. Warning signs shall be mounted on 4”x 4”
wooden posts and placed per plan and MUTCD requirements. The Contractor shall remove
all temporary signs and posts no earlier than 3 months and no later than 6 months following
completion of the traffic revisions. Posthole voids shall be restored with native material.
END OF DIVISION 1
REF. H:\AUBSPEC 2018\DIV1 AUB2018 Non Federal Version.docx
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-1
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
2-01 Clearing, Grubbing and Roadside Cleanup
2-01.1 Description
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Clearing and grubbing shall be done to the construction limits shown on the Plans. When
no clearing and grubbing limits are shown, the clearing and grubbing limits shall be the
smallest area required to complete the other Contract Work.
2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris
2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 – Open Burning
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Open burning will not be permitted on this project.
2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 - Chipping
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Woodchips shall not be utilized on the project site unless approved by the Engineer. Wood
chips shall be disposed of by Disposal Method No. 2 – Waste Site.
2-01.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where the Plans indicate clearing and grubbing on private property, the terms of the
easement agreements referenced in Section 1-07.24 (Rights of Way) shall dictate if the
property owners are responsible for relocating trees, shrubs, or other landscaping from the
work area, and the required advance notice to the property owner(s) from the Contractor.
Absent of these stipulations, respective property owners are responsible for relocating or
removing trees, shrubs, or any other landscaping material within the work areas that they
wish to save, unless specified elsewhere in the contract documents, and the Contractor
shall notify property owners a minimum of 7 calendar days in advance of clearing the site,
to allow the owner time to remove landscape material.
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions
2-02.3 Construction Requirements
2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage
Structures
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-2
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove storm drainage structures as described in the Plans. The
resultant void shall be backfilled with Gravel Borrow per Section 9-03.14(1) (Gravel
Borrow), unless otherwise noted. All material removed from the site shall be properly
disposed of, unless otherwise identified to be salvaged.
2-02.3(4)A Remove and Reset Fencing
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This work consists of removing and resetting fencing as shown on the Plans. The
Contractor is responsible for ensuring that any remaining fence and fence to be reset is
undamaged. The Contractor shall repair any damage caused by the Contractor’s
negligence at no additional cost to the City. Costs for the replacement of fencing
components and finishes (such as gates, posts, foundations, fabric, stain, and other
material) required for the resetting of removed fence shall be included in the costs for
removing and resetting the fence.
For the protection of pets and security of the property, the Contractor shall schedule
removal of fencing with the property owner at least 5 working days in advance. Unless
approved by the property owner, no site shall be left unfenced.
2-02.3(4)B Remove and Reset Private Signs
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall remove existing private signs for
placement in new locations.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the sign(s) and mounting apparatus(es)
remain undamaged. Any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired
or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The new cement concrete
foundation(s) shall be equal or larger in size than the existing foundation(s), unless
otherwise designated in the Contract Documents.
All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with applicable subsections of Section
8-20 (Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical) of the Standard Specifications
and as amended by these Special Provisions.
2-02.3(4)C Remove and Reset Private Luminaires
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall move existing private luminaires to new
locations.
Following removal of the existing light fixture, the Contractor shall protect the fixture and all
component parts from loss or damage until such time as the fixture is relocated. Any
damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The new cement concrete foundation(s) shall be
equal or larger in size than the existing foundation(s), unless otherwise designated in the
Contract Documents.
All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with applicable subsections of Section
8-20 (Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical) of the Standard Specifications
and as amended by these Special Provisions.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-3
(*****)
Add the following new section:
(January 2018D, City of Auburn)
2-02.3(5) Salvage
All casings, pipe, frames, grates, covers, traffic signal equipment, poles, luminaires and
other material of recoverable value identified to be salvaged from the project shall be
carefully delivered to the City of Auburn Maintenance & Operations Building (1305 “C”
Street SW) in their existing condition.
The Contractor shall provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days prior to
delivery of any salvaged item.
Following removal items to be salvaged, the Contractor shall protect the items and all
component parts from loss or damage until such time as all they are delivered by the
Contractor to the City of Auburn Maintenance and Operations building. The Contractor
shall replace lost, damaged, or destroyed items in kind, at the Contractor’s expense. The
Contractor shall coordinate the receiving of salvaged items by the City. The Contractor
shall label any salvaged traffic signal poles, mast arms, and signal/lighting equipment with
the City contract number and location from which they were salvaged. Labels shall be
removable weather proof tags that will not damage or mark the salvaged item.
2-03 Roadway Excavation And Embankment
2-03.3 Construction Requirements
2-03.3(3) Excavation Below Subgrade
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of unsuitable roadway subgrade material. The
Contractor shall replace the removed material with crushed surfacing base course per
Section 9-03.9(3) (Crushed Surfacing), unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents. When specified in the Plans, the Contractor shall place construction geo-
synthetic beneath the crushed surfacing base course.
2-03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Material
2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site
(December 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
If, during the course of this project, it becomes necessary to dispose of either excess or
unsuitable materials, the additional following requirements shall be observed:
1. In no case shall any waste materials be disposed of on any site within the City limits
of Auburn, unless the Contractor has a valid Grading (Fill) Permit according to Section 1-
07.5(5) (City of Auburn Requirements) in this document;
2. Grading (Fill) Permits are issued by the City of Auburn Community Development &
Public Works Department after all conditions have been met to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer;
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-4
3. The Grading Permits are issued to the legal owner of the property. Any questions
regarding the requirements should be directed to the City of Auburn Community
Development Services at 253.931.3020 (Option 3) or permitcenter@auburnwa.gov;
4. Any waste material disposed of outside the City limits of Auburn shall be at the
Contractor’s risk. The Contractor is responsible for complying with all local codes and
ordinances;
5. Failure to comply with the above requirements shall be grounds for the City to issue
a suspension of work until such time as the requirements have been satisfied;
6. Time lost by failure to satisfy these requirements shall be insufficient reason for
granting time extensions.
2-03.3(14) Embankment Construction
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Embankments shall be constructed in compacted layers of uniform thickness by Method C
of Section 2-03.3(14)C (Compacting Earth Embankments).
2-04 Haul
2-04.2 Hauling on other than City Streets
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitate hauling over roads other
than City of Auburn streets, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, make all
arrangements for the use and cleaning, if necessary, of the haul routes.
2-06 Subgrade Preparation
2-06.3(1) Subgrade for Surfacing
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before placing base course, subgrade shall be shaped to conform to the “typical cross-
section” shown in the Plans. Adequate water shall be spread on the subgrade to obtain
optimum moisture content for compaction. The subgrade shall be graded to a uniform
cross-section true to line and grade before placing base material.
Add the following new section:
2-06.3(3) Subgrade for Permeable Pavements
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Before placing permeable ballast for Porous HMA/WMA, the Contractor shall bring the
Subgrade to the required line, grade, and cross-section. The Contractor shall compact the
Subgrade to a depth of 6 inches to at least 90 percent, but not more than 92 percent, of the
maximum density as determined by the compaction control tests described in Section 2-
03.3(14)D. Two (2) density tests will be conducted for every 5,000 square feet of prepared
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-5
subgrade; or four (4) tests per 200 lineal feet of roadway or sidewalk. All subgrade shall be
firm and unyielding as determined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take measures to protect the prepared and approved subgrade from
traffic, water run-on, standing water, or other damage. Subgrade that has been over
compacted, shall be scarified to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches and recompacted.
Material used to protect the Subgrade from traffic or provide access to adjacent facilities
shall be removed and the subgrade compacted prior to placing geotextile, if used and/or
permeable ballast.
2-07 Watering
2-07.3 Construction Requirements
(December 2016, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall water to control dust and shall have a water truck available for
watering.
Add the following new section:
2-07.4(1) Water from City Hydrants
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall obtain a Fire Hydrant Meter Permit from the City of Auburn Permit
Center (1 East Main Street) before taking of water from hydrants. Water will be furnished
by the City from the fire hydrant to be designated at the time a Fire Hydrant Meter Permit is
obtained and in accordance with the terms of the Fire Hydrant Meter Permit. To obtain a
Fire Hydrant Meter Permit the applicant shall make a deposit of $2,045.00 which covers the
use of a water meter, hydrant wrench, brass adapter, backflow prevention device and
hydrant gate valve, and is refundable if returned in acceptable condition. When the meter,
hydrant wrench, backflow prevention device, and gate valve are returned in an acceptable
condition and all water usage fees have been paid, the $2,045.00 deposit will then be
refunded to the applicant. The applicant shall pay a base fee of $48.04 per month and all
water usage will be paid by the applicant at the rate of $3.82 per hundred cubic feet.
NOTE: These are current 2018 rates and may be revised periodically. The Contractor
shall be responsible to contact the City and verify these rates when preparing the bid.
Adjustment of these rates by the City will not be the basis for any contract unit price
adjustment.
The Contractor shall furnish all required equipment and material necessary for transporting
the water from the hydrant, including gauges for testing (except the meter, wrench and
valve as stated above).
END OF DIVISION 2
DIVISION 3: AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 3-1
DIVISION 3 Aggregate Production and Acceptance
No changes to this section.
END OF DIVISION 3
DIVISION 4: BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 4-1
DIVISION 4 Bases
END OF DIVISION 4
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-1
DIVISION 5 Surface Treatments and Pavements Bases
Add the following new Section, including subsections:
5-03 Non-Woven Fabric for Pavement Overlays
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
5-03.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This work consists of placing Non-woven Fabric for pavement overlays as shown in the
Plans.
5-03.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Asphalt Binder PG 64-22 per Section 9-02 (Bituminous Materials).
Fabric: Non-woven polypropylene material.
Elastic Recovery, at 15 pounds wet or dry 100%
Weight 3 to 5 oz./square yard
Tensile Strength, either direction 80 pounds minimum
Elongation 50% minimum
Asphalt Retention 0.2 gallons/square yard minimum
Melting Point 300 degrees or greater
Minimum Width 75 inches
5-03.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Equipment Requirements
All equipment, tools, and machines are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Surface cleaning equipment shall be capable of removing oil, grease, and other
objectionable materials from the pavement surface.
Application equipment shall consist of brooms and distributor. The distributor shall have a
capacity of not less than 1,000 gallons. Asphalt shall be uniformly applied at the specified
rate.
The distributor shall be equipped with a 10-foot spray bar and extensions, pressure pump
and gauge, volume gauge located to be easily read by an inspector from the ground, a
tachometer to accurately control the speed and spread of the asphalt, and two
thermometers indicating continuous asphalt temperatures, (one of which is permanently
installed).
An independent power unit developing a minimum of 25-psi pressure at the spray bar shall
supply power for the pressure pump.
Surface Preparation
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-2
The pavement surface shall be dry and free of all foreign materials such as dirt, grease, oil,
etc. Cracks shall be filled per Section 5-04.3(4)A1 (Crack Sealing). Holes shall be repaired
per Section 5-04.3(4)C (Pavement Repair).
Where existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement depths are 2 inches or less, soil residual
herbicide shall be applied to the roadway surface per Section 5-04.3(4)B (Soil Residual
Herbicide).
Asphalt Application
The asphalt, with a minimum temperature of 290 degrees F, shall be sprayed uniformly at
the rate of 0.25 to 0.30 gallons per square yard over the area to be fabric covered. The
Contractor shall shield the preceding application to avoid laps and ridges where separate
applications of asphalt meet. In inaccessible areas asphalt application may be provided by
a suitable hand sprayer.
Fabric Application
The Contractor shall not begin fabric application until the Engineer has determined that all
materials, equipment, and labor are ready.
Fabric cannot be moved once placed, therefore, the initial alignment is very important. If
alignment is to be changed, the fabric shall be cut and realigned with an overlapping joint a
minimum of 6 inches in the direction of traffic. Fabric shall be also lapped a minimum of
6 inches at transverse and longitudinal fabric joints. The lapped top 6 inches of fabric shall
be folded back and asphalt shall be applied to the bottom fabric at the rate of 0.05 gallons
per square yard. The top fabric shall be immediately replaced and the joint shall be
broomed and squeegeed to form a smooth, tight lapjoint.
The fabric shall be broomed into the asphalt eliminating all air bubbles. Air bubble removal
can be best accomplished by brooming from the center of the fabric toward the outer
edges.
Membrane Curing
The entire surface of the fabric shall be pneumatically rolled until the fabric is well
embedded into the asphalt.
Asphalt Concrete Overlay
The asphalt concrete overlay shall immediately follow the fabric installation in accordance
with Section 5-04 (Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA)).
The fabric manufacturer's recommendations and requirements regarding asphalt
temperature, protection of fabric, rolling temperature and techniques, etc., shall be
followed.
A representative of the manufacturer shall be on the project at the beginning of fabric
placement. The representative shall remain on the site until the Contractor has
demonstrated to the Engineer an understanding required to satisfactorily perform the work.
The Contractor shall not place more fabric than can be overlaid in the same day.
No fabric, except that which is required for normal lapped joints, shall be exposed to traffic.
If traffic must drive on the fabric, the fabric shall be dusted with sand to prevent vehicles
from picking up the asphalt. Before resuming asphalt overlay, the sand shall be swept
clean from the fabric.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-3
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt
5-04.1 Description
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The manufacture of HMA may include additives or processes that reduce the optimum
mixing temperature (Warm Mix Asphalt) or serve as a compaction aid in accordance
with these Specifications.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
HMA Class 3/8-inch, Class 1/2-inch, and Class 3/4-inch are designated as leveling or
wearing courses. HMA Class 1-inch is designated as a pavement base course. All
mixtures are considered dense graded HMA.
5-04.2 Materials
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The reference to “Warm Mix Asphalt Additive” is revised to read “HMA Additive”.
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The crack sealant material shall be rubberized asphalt per Section 9-04.2(1) (Hot Poured
Joint Sealants) and shall be listed in the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL).
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
High RAP/Any RAS is not allowed. All references and sections specific to High RAP/Any
RAS are deleted.
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The last bullet in the first paragraph is revised to read:
• Do not include HMA additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or
serve as a compaction aid when developing a mix design or submitting a mix
design for QPL evaluation. The use of HMA additives is not part of the process for
obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-
04.2(2)B.
In the table, “WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8” is revised to read “WSDOT Standard
Practice QC-8 located in the WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01”.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-4
5-04.2(1)A2 High RAP/Any RAS – Mix Design Submittals for
Placement on QPL
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
This section is deleted.
5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read:
3. Changes in modifiers used in the asphalt binder.
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section, including title, is revised to read:
5-04.2(2)B Using HMA Additives
The Contractor may, at the Contractor’s discretion, elect to use additives that reduce
the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA.
Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The
use of Additives is subject to the following:
• Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature in accordance with
Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of High RAP/Any RAS mixtures.
• Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form
350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process.
5-04.3 Construction Requirements
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Porous Asphalt (PHMA/PWMA) Acceptance Infiltration Test
Contractor shall conduct infiltration tests on the finished PHMA/PWMA per ASTM C1701 at
locations chosen by the Engineer. Newly-placed PHMA/PHWA shall have a minimum
infiltration rate of 100 inches/hour. I Infiltr ation tests shall be completed every 150 linear
feet of roadway and conducted in accordance with ASTM C1701.
If the measured infiltration rate is less than 100 inches/hour, the Contractor shall conduct
an additional four infiltration tests in line with the paver direction of travel. Two tests
upstream and two tests downstream of the initial test locations shall be taken at distances
of 20 feet and 40 feet. Results of the additional tests will be averaged. The Contractor
shall conduit additional testing upstream and downstream to identify area to be removed. If
the average infiltration rate is less than required remove and replace the failing section at
the direction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Contracting Agency.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-5
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving an
intersection or paving across an intersection. During such time, and provided that there
has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the
minimum time required to place and compact the HMA.
Before closing a road, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be
placed marking the detour or alternate route.
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
In item number 5 of the first paragraph, “WSDOT T 168” is revised to read “FOP for
AASHTO T 168”.
5-04.3(3)C Pavers
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Replace the first sentence of the seventh paragraph with the following:
Reference lines for vertical control may be required.
Supplement this section with the following:
When laying HMA, the paver shall be operated at a uniform forward speed consistent with
the plant production rate and roller train capacity to result in a continuous operation. The
auger speed and flight gate opening shall be adjusted to coordinate with the operation.
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
This section only applies to paving on State Routes and within the right of way of the State.
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read:
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, use cationic emulsified asphalt CSS-1,
CSS-1h, or Performance Graded (PG) asphalt for tack coat.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove existing pavement markers, lane markers, and plastic
markings.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-6
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing
5-04.3(4)A1 General
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The last 3 sentences of the fourth paragraph are deleted and replaced with the following:
Sealing shall be placed in an overband (simple band-aid) configuration whereas the
Rubberized Asphalt sealant material is placed into and over the crack. Overbanding shall
be controlled using an industrial squeegee to provide a smooth flush pavement surface with
a minimum width of 2 inches and a maximum width of 4 inches. If, in the opinion of the
Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing results in an excessive amount of sealant
causing a raised or bumpy pavement surface, sealing shall be stopped, corrected, and the
method changed. Any excess overflow shall be cleaned from the pavement surface.
Blending sand shall be used when, in the opinion of the Engineer, blotting the asphalt
becomes necessary.
5-04.3(4)B Soil Residual Herbicide
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The Contractor shall apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide.
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The first paragraph is supplemented as follows:
Any area that has not been paved within the 24 hour time limit or that has been rained on,
shall be treated again at the Contractor’s expense. The herbicide shall be applied uniformly
in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
HMA for pavement repair shall be HMA Class 1/2-inch PG 64-22 or as shown in the Plans.
Pavement repair areas shown in the Plans, if any, are for reference only. The repair areas
shall be as directed by the Engineer in the field.
5-04.3(6) Mixing
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
The asphalt supplier shall introduce recycling agent and anti-stripping additive, in the
amount designated on the QPL for the mix design, into the asphalt binder prior to
shipment to the asphalt mixing plant.
The seventh paragraph is revised to read:
Upon discharge from the mixer, ensure that the temperature of the HMA does not
exceed the optimum mixing temperature shown on the approved Mix Design Report by
more than 25°F, or as approved by the Engineer. When an additive is included in the
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-7
manufacture of HMA, do not heat the additive (at any stage of production including in
binder storage tanks) to a temperature higher than the maximum recommended by the
manufacturer of the additive.
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
In all instances, wearing courses of 3 inches or greater shall be created using a m aximum
depth of 1 ½-inch lifts.
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph:
The Contracting Agency’s combined aggregate bulk specific gravity (Gsb) blend as
shown on the HMA Mix Design will be used for VMA calculations until the Contractor
submits a written request for a Gsb test. The new Gsb will be used in the VMA
calculations for HMA from the date the Engineer receives the written request for a Gsb
retest. The Contractor may request aggregate specific gravity (Gsb) testing be
performed by the Contracting Agency twice per project. The Gsb blend of the
combined stockpiles will be used to calculate voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) of any
HMA produced after the new Gsb is determined.
5-04.3(9)A Test Sections
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All references to Statistical Evaluation for High RAP/Any RAS in this section, including
subsections is deleted.
5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section – When Required, When to Stop
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
The following new row is inserted after the second row in Table 9:
VMA Minimum PFi of 0.95
based on the criteria in
Section 5-04.3(9)B42
None4
5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section – Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test
Section
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
In Table 9a, the test property “Gradation, Asphalt Binder, and Va” is revised to read
“Gradation, Asphalt Binder, VMA, and Va“
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-8
5-04.3(9)B3 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
In Table 11, “Va” is revised to read “VMA and Va”
5-04.3(9)B5 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Composite Pay Factors
(CPF)
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
The following new row is inserted above the last row in Table 12:
Voids in Mineral Aggregate
(VMA)
2
5-04.3(9)B7 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Retests
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
The second to last sentence is revised to read:
The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content,
VMA and Va, and the results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA
mixture in place of the original mixture sublot sample test results.
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Pneumatic tire rollers shall not be used for compaction of PHMA/PWMA.
The Contractor shall develop a roller pattern that will initially consolidate the pavement
structure as well as target 15% to 18% final air voids (82% to 85% of maximum theoretical
(Rice) density). The Contractor shall monitor compaction during placement of
PHMA/PWMA with a pavement density gauge.
5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation – Lots and
Sublots
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
The bulleted item in the fourth paragraph is revised to read:
• For a compaction lot in progress with a compaction CPF less than 0.75 using an
LSL = 91.0, a new compaction lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the
Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be
produced. See also Section 5-04.3(11)F.
5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation – Acceptance
Testing
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-9
In the table, “WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355” is revised to read “FOP for AASHTO T 355”.
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The nuclear moisture-density gauge results of all compaction acceptance testing and the
CPF for each lot will be available to the Contractor within 2 working days after the results
are received from the outside testing lab hired by the City.
5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction – Price Adjustments
(January 2, 2017, WSDOT Amendment)
In the first paragraph, “WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355” is revised to read “FOP for
AASHTO T 355”.
The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read:
For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which does
not meet the criteria in the preceding paragraph, the compaction lot shall be evaluated
in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2)D5 to determine the appropriate Composite Pay
Factor (CPF).
The last two paragraphs are revised to read:
Determine the Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) from the table below, selecting the
equation for CPA that corresponds to the value of CPF determined above.
Calculating HMA Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA)
Value of CPF Equation for Calculating CPA
When CPF > 1.00 CPA = [0.80 x (CPF – 1.00)] x Q x
UP
When CPF = 1.00 CPA = $0
When CPF < 1.0 CPA = [0.40 x (CPF – 1.00)] x Q x
UP
Where
CPA = Compaction Price Adjustment for the compaction lot ($)
CPF = Composite Pay Factor for the compaction lot (maximum is 1.05)
Q = Quantity in the compaction lot (tons)
UP = Unit price of the HMA in the compaction lot ($/ton)
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Replace the second paragraph including the numbered list with the following:
If a hot-lap joint is allowed, two paving machines shall be used; the pavement within 6
inches of the hot-lap joint will not be excluded from compaction testing; and construction
equipment other than rollers shall not operate on any non-compacted HMA.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-10
Add the following new section:
5-04.3(12)A3 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Butt Joints
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall provide butt joints where the new asphalt concrete pavement meets
the existing pavement as shown on the Plans in a manner to produce a smooth riding
connection to the existing pavement. The depth of butt joint required shall be determined
by the depth of new asphalt concrete pavement specified on the Plans, but not less than 2
inches. The surface elevation of new and existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement shall be the
same at all butt joints.
All asphalt concrete joints shall be sealed with asphalt binder PG 64-22 per Section 9-02
(Bituminous Materials).
5-04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Planing of the existing pavement shall provide a surface that is slightly grooved or
roughened to ensure a bond to the asphalt concrete pavement. The full depth beginning
and end of each lane of planing shall be squared-off to form a uniform, transverse joint.
The Contractor shall provide for safe vehicle travel over existing manholes, valve boxes,
catch basins, etc., for planed areas opened to traffic. Before opening the roadway to traffic,
any delaminating of the planed asphalt surface shall be removed and the resulting holes
patched with HMA. Also, the surface shall be cleaned by sweeping to remove dust and
foreign matter. Where the plans call for a grind an overlay, the overlay work shall
commence within 5 working days of completing the pavement grinding except where
specified otherwise in the Contract.
Planing tailings may be used as trench backfill. Planing tailings may also be used as
crushed surfacing when mixed with Crushed Surfacing per Section 9-03.9(3) (Crushed
Surfacing) per Section 4-04.3(3) (Mixing).
Add the following new section:
5-04.3(17) Asphalt Cold Patch
(September 2016, City of Auburn)
“Asphalt Cold Patch” for temporary pavement patching and temporary pedestrian ramps or
walkways shall be placed by the Contractor immediately upon the request of Engineer as
required for maintenance of traffic as specified in Section 1-07.23(1) (Construction Under
Traffic) in this document. “The Asphalt Cold Patch” shall be removed in its entirety before
asphalt concrete pavement is placed.
Add the following new section:
5-04.3(18) Porous HMA
(September 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-11
Subgrade Preparation and Permeable Ballast/Choker Course Placement
The Contractor shall prepare subgrade in conformance with Section 2-06 and in
accordance to the Plans except that subgrade soil shall be compacted to 90 percent of the
maximum density under the tests described in Section 2-03.3(14)D.
Protect gravel borrow subgrade to remain. Keep traffic off of the prepared subgrade during
construction. Final 12-inch excavation of gravel borrow subgrade to be done at time of
placement of permeable ballast/choker course in order to protect the existing subgrade
infiltration capabilities. Final excavation shall proceed as machinery is pulling back and
travelling on preliminary grade as final grade is excavated.
To prevent compaction when installing the permeable ballast/choker course, these
materials shall be dumped onto the subgrade from the edge of the installation and pushed
out onto the subgrade. Subsequent load shall be dumped from the top of the sand filter
sand and permeable ballast/choker course as the installation progresses.
Maintain flow diversion measures to prevent runoff and sediment from entering the work
limits. Remove debris or sediment that has accumulated on the finished subgrade after
viewing and before placing permeable ballast/choker course.
Place and compact permeable ballast/choker course aggregate to the grades indicated on
the Plans in 6-inch maximum compacted lifts. Compaction shall be performed using a 10-
ton vibratory drum compactor. The required compaction effort for each aggregate type shall
be determined using a test strip. Compact the test strip using a predetermined number of
passes with the compactor. Measure the density of the permeable ballast/choker course
using a nuclear densometer gauge in backscatter mode. Perform additional passes with the
roller and measure the aggregate density again. Repeat until the increase in density
achieved with the additional passes of the compactor is less than or equal to 1.2 pounds
per cubic foot on average. The number of passes with the compactor required to achieve
this density shall be used to compact the remainder of the aggregate for the project.
Compaction testing using the nuclear densometer gauge shall be used to confirm
compaction at a frequency of one test per 2,000 square feet.
Protect placed aggregate from stormwater run-on and contamination from adjacent
exposed soils.
Pervious Asphalt Concrete Pavement
The Contractor shall prepare and place asphalt pavement in conformance with Section 5-
04.
Testing and acceptance requirements for Commercial HMA described in Section 5-04 of
the Standard Specifications and of these Special Provisions shall apply to pervious asphalt
concrete.
Transport the mix to the job site in clean vehicles with smooth dump beds that have been
sprayed with a non-petroleum release agent. Limit the time of haul to avoid drainage of the
asphalt to the bottom of the truck bed. The mix should be covered during transport ation to
prevent cooling and the formation of lumps.
Pavement shall be laid utilizing a self -propelled paving machine of 5-foot-minimum width
and laser plane control or unit with an activated screed or strike-off assembly, capable of
being heated if necessary, and capable of spreading and finishing the mixture without
segregation for the widths and thicknesses required.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-12
Roller shall be steel tandem drum-type, static-type of a 5 to 10 ton size. Maximum loading
shall be 265 lbs. per linear inch of drum. The asphalt pavement shall be rolled a minimum
of two rollings. The surface shall receive a final rolling utilizing a one-ton roller to remove all
roller marks and imperfections in the surface.
Compaction shall be commenced when the asphalt mix temperature mix is at a range of
200 degrees to 240 degrees F.
Compacted depth of pervious asphalt pavement of any layer shall not exceed 0.25 foot.
Allow the pervious pavement to cure for 24 hours before applying any vehicular traffic
loading.
5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement
5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Proportioning of Concrete
A. The Contractor shall design the concrete mix determining the proportions of
Portland cement, coarse and fine aggregate, and water necessary to
produce a workable concrete meeting the following requirements:
(1) A compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 calendar days.
(2) A maximum slump of 3 inches for fixed form paving and 2 ½
inches for slip form paving.
(3) If air-entrained concrete is used, the mix shall contain no more
than 6 percent entrained air as determined by AASHTO T 152.
B. The Contractor shall design the mix on the basis of an absolute volume
method such as outlined in the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standard
211.1, “Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal Weight
Concrete”.
C. Water reducing, set retarding or superplasticizer chemical admixtures may
be used at the option of the Contractor but subject to approval by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall indicate in advance the particular type and
name product of admixtures that they proposes to use and only such
admixtures approved by the Engineer may be incorporated into the concrete
mix. Admixtures selected for use shall be compatible with all other
components of the concrete. The use of calcium chloride as an admixture
will not be permitted.
D. The Contractor shall submit for the record, not later than 15 calendar days
prior to the start of paving operations, the proposed mix design including the
aggregates grading to be used. The submission shall be accompanied with
certified laboratory reports on the tests performed on the trial mixes. In the
event that the concrete mix designed by the Contractor does not produce
concrete of the specified strength and workability, the Contractor shall adjust
the mix as required to meet the specified requirements at no additional cost
to the City and shall submit new certified test results.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-13
E. In the event the Contractor elects to use an air-entraining admixture, they
shall determine by trials the amount of the selected admixture that will
produce concrete having the desired air content and the amount shall not be
varied except as approved by the Engineer. The admixture shall be added
during batching at the plant in accordance with the admixture manufacturer’s
recommendations.
F. The Contractor shall determine the proportions and batch weights for air-
entrained concrete in the same manner as for regular concrete provided,
however, that in making such adjustments as may be necessary by reason
of air-entrainment, the minimum quantity of fine aggregate and the minimum
quantity of water shall be used which will provide concrete of the required
workability.
G. Whenever the Contractor modifies the concrete mix, other than minor
adjustments in the relative quantities of fine and coarse aggregates, they
shall submit a copy of the new mix design, together with certified copies of
tests results, to the Engineer.
H. No change in the sources or character of the materials shall be made
without due notice to the Engineer. No new materials shall be used until
approved by the Engineer and until new trial mixes have been designed,
tested and accepted.
5-05.3(8) Joints
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Engineer a Joint Plan at least 10 working
days prior to the commencement of any pavement construction. Transverse and
longitudinal joints shall be contraction or through joints (including construction joints).
Joints shall be constructed in accordance with the detail shown in the Contract Plans and
shall be of the type and at the locations indicated on the Contract Plans. The faces of all
joints shall be constructed perpendicular to the surface of the cement concrete pavement.
5-05.3(8)D Isolation Joints
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Isolation joints are placed only where shown on the Plans. The joint alignment shall be at
right angles to the Pavement Structure centerline unless otherwise specified in the
Contract.
Longitudinal isolation joints shall be constructed with premolded material, ½-inch in
thickness and conform to Section 9-04.1(2) (Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints).
They shall extend from 1 inch below the bottom of pavement to ¾ inch below the top of
pavement.
The joint material shall be held accurately in place during the placing and finishing of the
concrete by a bulkhead, a holder, metal cap or any other approved method. The joint shall
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-14
be perpendicular to the paved surface and the holder shall be in place long enough to
prevent sagging of the joint material.
A wood filler strip or metal cap shall be placed on the top of the premolded joint filler to form
the groove ¾ inch deep, and shall remain in place until after the finishing and the concrete
is sufficiently set to resist sloughing in the groove. The joint filler shall be stapled together
at the ends to preserve continuity.
Immediately after removal of side forms, the edges of the pavement shall be carefully
inspected and wherever the joint filler is not fully exposed, the concrete shall be chipped
down until the edge of the filler is fully exposed for the entire depth.
Add the following new section:
5-05.3(8)E Sealing through Joints
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
After the pavement is cured and before carrying any traffic, the space left by the removal of
the wood filler strip or the metal cap above the top of the expansion joint filler strip shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all loose material. The ¾ inch wide groove shall be completely free
of any projecting concrete from the sides and the groove shall be continuous across the
slab to each edge. It shall then be filled level with the pavement surface with joint sealant
meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.2 (Joint Sealants).
The joint sealant material shall be heated and placed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Burned material will be rejected. The through joint groove
shall be dry at the time of pouring the sealing compound.
Add the following new section:
5-05.3(9) Integral Cement Concrete Curb on New Pavement
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Integral doweled curb on new pavement shall be constructed as shown in the Contract
Plans.
The pavement width shall be extended to the back of the curb. The pavement where the
curb is to be placed shall be roughened or otherwise treated so that a permanent bond can
be secured between the curb and the pavement. Curing compound shall not be used on
the pavement where the curb is to be constructed.
Curb shall be constructed in accordance with Section 8-04.3(1) (Cement Concrete Curbs,
Gutters and Spillways) and the Contract Plans.
5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Epoxy-coated tie bars shall be placed at all longitudinal contraction and construction joints,
in accordance with the requirements shown in the Contract Plans. In addition, epoxy-
coated dowel bars shall be installed when concrete curbs are constructed on top of
concrete pavement in accordance with the requirements shown in the Contract Plans.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-15
Supplement this section with the following:
Curb dowels shall be placed at 28 inches on center in the fresh concrete pavement. Curb
dowels shall be placed in all segments of curbing that is full depth and shall be placed in
transition areas for curb cuts in which a minimum of 1 inch of cover from the top of the
finished curb can be achieved.
Dowel bars shall be set while the concrete is still plastic enough to not require hammering
them into place.
Add the following new section including subsections:
5-05.3(23) Cement Concrete Pavement for Alley
(September 2016, City of Auburn)
This work consists of placing Cement concrete pavement for alleyways.
5-05.3(23)A Pavement and Alley Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Cement concrete pavement for alleys shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05 (Cement
Concrete Pavement). Alleys shall meet the requirements for driveways in Section 8-06
(Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances).
5-05.3(23)B Extra Concrete for Alley Approach Ramp
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
When constructing and finishing cement concrete Alley pavement, the Engineer may in
some cases require the Contractor to place additional concrete over the surface of the Alley
pavement to serve as an integral ramp or vehicular access to abutting private property.
Additional thickness for such ramps shall not exceed 6 inches above the original planned
concrete surface at any point, and will be addressed in accordance with Section
1-04.4 (Changes).
Supplement Division 5 with the following:
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
5-06 Pervious Concrete Pavement
5-06.1 Description
This work shall consist of constructing a pervious cementitious pavement composed of
portland cement concrete on a prepared subgrade or subbase in accordance with these
Specifications and in conformity with the lines grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-
sections shown in the Plans or established by the Engineer.
5-06.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Portland Cement 9-01
Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1
Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 9-04.1(2)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-16
Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23
Water 9-25
Hydration stabilizing admixtures shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-23.6(3) or
9-23.6(5).
Synthetic Fibers for Concrete
When specified synthetic fibers to be included in the mix for portland cement concrete shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM D 7508/7508M.
5-06.3 Construction Requirements
5-06.3(1) Pervious Concrete Construction Meeting
Prior to the start of construction of the pervious concrete pavement section, including
excavation of the pavement section, the Contractor shall coordinate, schedule and attend a
preconstruction meeting for the pervious concrete pavement. The following are required to
attend the meeting:
1. Contracting Agency representative.
2. General Contractor’s representative(s).
3. Engineer of Record for the pervious concrete pavement.
4. Concrete placement lead person(s).
5. Associated Subcontractor’s representative.
6. Pervious concrete Supplier’s representative.
7. Material Testing Laboratory’s representative.
The meeting shall cover all aspects of the work including, but not limited to:
1. Submittals.
2. Short and long term schedule.
3. Inspection of the Work.
4. Protection of the Work.
5. Pervious concrete placement.
6. Curing.
7. Materials.
8. Specifications.
9. Testing.
10. Test panel and JMF.
11. Acceptance criteria.
5-06.3(2) Pervious Concrete Mix Design
The Contractor shall provide a mix design for pervious concrete and shall submit the mix
design to the Engineer in writing. Pervious concrete shall not be placed in the test panels
without a mix design that has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-17
5-06.3(2)A Mix Design Criteria
The Contractor shall include the following elements and results of the described procedures
in the proposed mix design:
1. A unique identification number for the mix design that is approved for the Job Mix
Formula (JMF).
2. Portland cement shall be Type I, Type II, Type I-II Type IP, or Type IS.
3. The cementitious content, including pozzolans if used, shall be a minimum of 480
pounds per cubic yard.
4. The mix shall incorporate a hydration stabilizing admixture.
5. Synthetic microfibers may be utilized at the manufacturer’s recommended dosage
rate.
6. The water / cement ratio shall not exceed 0.35.
7. No more than 25 percent of portland cement in the mix, by weight, may be replaced
by fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or a combination of both.
8. Coarse aggregate shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4), AASHTO Grading No.8.
5-06.3(2)B Job Mix Formula (JMF)
The approved mix design established through the approved test panel becomes the JMF.
5-06.3(3) Submittals
In accordance to Section 1-05.3, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the
Engineer for acceptance prior to placing any pervious concrete pavement:
1. The source of all materials proposed for use in constructing pervious concrete
pavement.
2. Batch weights for all constituents of one (1) cubic yard of the proposed pervious
concrete mix.
3. The specific gravity (SSD) of all aggregates to be used in the proposed pervious
concrete mix.
4. The proposed gradation of coarse aggregates used in pervious concrete.
5. The designed volume in cubic feet of all proposed components for 1(one) cubic yard
of the proposed pervious concrete mix.
6. The design water / cement ratio of the proposed mix design.
7. The fresh density of the proposed pervious concrete mixture as determined by
ASTM C1688.
8. Catalogue cuts and Certificates of Compliance for all proposed admixtures.
9. Mill Certification of the portland cement and pozzolans, if used, for the current lot to
be used in the production of the proposed pervious concrete mix. The Contractor
shall maintain this submittal throughout the duration of the project as lots change.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-18
10. Current certification by the National Ready Mix Concrete Association (NRMCA) for
the batch plant(s) to be used in the production of pervious concrete.
11. Current certifications by the NRMCA for the trucks to be used in transporting
pervious concrete from the batch plant to the point of placement.
12. Qualification documentation for current certifications by the NRMCA for the
Contractor’s personnel who will be installing pervious concrete. See Section 5-
06.3(10)A. Valid acceptable documentation is the NRMCA issued wallet card or
certification certificate.
13. At the time of delivery of the material to the site, the Contractor shall provide an
original Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of pervious concrete. The
Certificate of Compliance shall include information noted in Section 6-02.3(5)B. If
the Certificate of Compliance from the concrete producer is not provided to the
Engineer upon delivery, the truckload shall not be placed.
5-06.3(4) Equipment
Equipment necessary for handling materials, mixing, delivering, and perform ing all parts of
the Work, shall be in good repair, designed for the task, and operated by trained and
qualified personnel.
5-06.3(4)A Batching Plant and Equipment
Pervious concrete shall be centrally mixed in a plant with a current NRMCA certification.
5-06.3(4)B Mixer Trucks
Pervious concrete shall be transported to the location by truck mixers, non-agitating trucks
shall not be used for the transport of pervious concrete. The drums on mixer trucks used to
transport pervious concrete shall have fins that are not excessively worn, damaged or have
excessive concrete buildup. Mixer trucks shall have a current NRMCA certification.
5-06.3(4)C Side Forms
Pervious concrete shall be placed in stationary forms. If pervious concrete is to be placed
against a curb, previously placed concrete, or other existing structure, they may be used as
a side form for the pervious concrete paving. Forms for pervious concrete shall be made of
steel or wood and shall be in good condition, and shall be capable of being anchored in
place so that they will be true to grade, line and slope. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to
maintain specified tolerances and capable of supporting concrete and mechanical concrete
placing equipment. Forms shall be in good condition, straight, clean, free of debris, non-
adherent rust and hardened concrete.
Set, align, and brace forms so that they hardened pavement meets the lines, grades and
slopes as shown in the drawings. Apply form-release agent to the form face, which will be
in contact with concrete, immediately before placing concrete. Form release agent shall not
be applied to previously placed concrete. Previously placed pavement shall be protected
from damage.
The Contractor shall inspect all forms for line, grade and slope. No pervious concrete shall
be placed until the forms have been inspected by the Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-19
5-06.3(4)D Finishing Equipment
Finishing equipment for pervious concrete paving shall be designed for the intended work,
shall be clean and in good operating condition.
Equipment used for striking off the pervious concrete shall leave a smooth surface at the
planned grades and shall not cause excess paste to be left on, or drawn to, the surface. If
rollers or spinning screeds are used to compact, they shall be of sufficient weight and width
to compact the pervious concrete uniformly through its depth and to grade without marring
the surface. Equipment used for compacting pervious concrete shall not cause the surface
to close or otherwise clog and shall produce a surface that is free of ridges or other
imperfections. Tools used for producing joints shall be designed and manufactured for the
purpose and shall not otherwise damage or mar the surface.
Vibrating equipment shall not be used for placement or compaction of pervious concrete.
5-06.3(5) Measuring and Batching Materials
Measuring and batching materials for pervious concrete pavement shall conform to the
requirements of Section 5-05.3(4).
5-06.3(6) Acceptance
For acceptance, pervious concrete pavement will be divided into lots as follows: A single
lot (lot) is represented by the lesser of: one (1) day’s production or 360 square yards of
pervious concrete in place. Where the Contractor has more than one crew placing
pervious concrete, lots will be associated with each crew. Representative lot size will be
determined to the nearest square yard. If no sample is taken on a Day, that Day’s
quantities may be included in the next or previous Day's lot(s). The Engineer may isolate
an area of pervious concrete within a lot that is deemed to be defective in any way and
such an area will be considered to be a new lot for purposes of acceptance. New lots
determined in this manner shall be extended as necessary such that they are bounded by
planned joints. Acceptance of a lot of pervious concrete pavement will be based on the
following criteria:
1. Grade: Conform to the dimensions, lines, slopes and grades specified on the plans.
Pervious concrete pavement shall be true to planned grades and shall not deviate
from grade more than ¼ inch in ten (10) feet. Where abutting existing facilities such
as sidewalks, walkways, curbs, driveways or other pavements, the pervious
concrete shall be flush.
2. Conformance to JMF: The pervious concrete pavement used shall conform to the
mix design for the JMF within the limits as set forth in Section 6-02.3(5)C and as
determined from the accepted test panel.
3. Compacted Thickness and Average Hardened Density: After a minimum of seven
(7) calendar days of curing, remove and measure three (3) cores from each lot.
Remove cores in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M. Measure the length of each
core in accordance with ASTM C1542/1542M. No single core shall be less than 3/4
inch of the design depth on the drawings. The average of all cores from a lot shall
be within minus 3/8 inch of the design depth on the plans. After length is measured,
measure hardened density of each core in the lot in accordance with ASTM
C1754/C1754M. The hardened density from a lot must be within +/- 5 percent of
the average hardened density of the JMF (approved test panel).
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-20
4. Infiltration Rate: The infiltration rate at any single test point shall not be less than
100 inches per hour.
5. Fresh Density: The fresh density of each lot will be measured by ASTM C1688 at
the point of placement shall be within +/- five (5) pounds per cubic foot of the fresh
density determined from the JMF (approved test panel).
6. Appearance: The appearance of each lot shall be consistent with the JMF
(approved test panel). The pervious concrete pavement shall have a consistent
surface texture, shall not be raveled, shall be free of ridges or other surface
imperfections, shall have joints that are in the specified location and are constructed
per specification, and shall be free of cracks.
Testing for acceptance will be performed by the Contractor.
5-06.3(6)A Infiltration Rate of Placed Pavement
The infiltration rate of the pervious concrete shall be determined at four (4) random
locations within each lot. The locations for conducting infiltration tests will be determined by
the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule testing with the Engineer a
minimum of five (5) Working Days in advance. The infiltration rate on the finished surface
will be determined in accordance with ASTM C1701, except the infiltration ring diameter
may be 12-inches to 24-inches in diameter. The infiltration test will be conducted after a
minimum of seven (7) calendar days of curing has occurred.
If the measured infiltration rate is less than 100 inches/hour at any test location, the
Contractor may perform additional infiltration tests for the purpose of assessing overall
infiltration performance and/or determining a defective lot in accordance with Section 5-
06.3(6). The determination of a defective lot, or lots, and the ext ent(s), will be by the
Engineer. The cost of all testing shall borne by the Contractor.
5-06.3(7) Rejection
Pervious concrete may be rejected by the Contractor for any reason.
A truckload of pervious concrete will be rejected if the Certificate of Compliance is not
provided at the time of delivery of the material to the site. See Section 5-06.3(4)B.
Pervious concrete that is improperly cured or is allowed to freeze during the initial seven (7)
day curing period will be rejected.
Pervious concrete pavement that does not meet the acceptance criteria put forth in Section
5-06.3(6) will be rejected by the Engineer on a lot by lot basis.
During the removal process of the rejected pavement, The Contractor shall implement
measures to protect the adjacent pervious concrete pavement to remain. If pervious
concrete pavement becomes damaged by the Contractor during removal of the rejected
pavement then additional pavement areas may be rejected by the Engineer to the next
planned joint.
Fresh pervious concrete that has been rejected by the Engineer, or the Contractor, shall
not be placed, or shall be removed and replaced, at no additional cost.
5-06.3(8) Mixing Pervious Concrete
Batch, mix and deliver pervious concrete in compliance with ASTM C94/C94M except that
pervious concrete shall not be transit mixed or shrink mixed. If water is added to the mix
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-21
after it is delivered on site, the fresh density for the pervious concrete shall meet the
requirements of the approved JMF referenced in this section.
5-06.3(8)A Limitations of Mixing Pervious Concrete
Mixing and placing concrete shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in
the shade away from artificial heat reaches 40º F and shall not be resumed until an
ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40º F.
The temperature of fresh pervious concrete shall not be less than 55° F, nor more than 90°
F when placed.
Pervious concrete shall not be mixed with aggregates at less than 32° F.
5-06.3(9) Subgrade Preparation And Base
Prepare and protect subgrade in accordance with Section 2-06.
Prepare and protect subbase in accordance with Section 4-04.
5-06.3(10) Placing, Spreading, Finishing, Edging, Tolerances, and
Curing
Pervious concrete shall not be placed, compacted or finished when the natural light is
inadequate, unless an adequate lighting system is in operation. The adequacy of light will
be determined by the Engineer.
Wet the surface of the subbase with water immediately before placing pervious concrete.
Deposit concrete either directly from the transporting equipment or by conveyor on the
subbase, unless otherwise specified. Pervious concrete shall not be placed on frozen
subbase. Deposit concrete between the forms to an approximately uniform height. Spread
the concrete using mechanized equipment or hand tools. Vibrating equipment shall not be
used for spreading pervious concrete.
Strike off concrete between forms using a form-riding paving machine, roller screed, or
spinning screed.
Compact concrete to a uniformly dense structure without clogging the surface with paste.
Finish the pervious concrete to a uniform, open-textured surface to match the appearance
of the approved JMF test panel.
Edges shall be hand tooled to a radius of ¼ inch.
Curing materials for pervious concrete shall be in place no more than 20 minutes of
discharge onto the subbase. The pavement surface and all exposed edges shall be
completely covered with sheet curing materials conforming to Section 9-23.1. The curing
material shall secured at all exterior edges and interior laps without damaging the pervious
concrete. The method of securing the curing material shall prevent wind from removing the
sheet and from blowing under the sheet across the surface of the concrete. Cure the
pavement for a minimum of seven (7) uninterrupted days.
All traffic (foot and vehicular), staging, stockpiling or other work shall be kept off of the
pervious concrete pavement during the curing period. Any testing for acceptance shall not
occur until the end of the curing period.
Protect concrete from freezing and cold weather in accordance with 5-06.3(12).
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-22
5-06.3(10)A Contractor’s Qualifications
The contractor shall employ no less than one (1) National Ready Mixed Concrete
Association (NRMCA) certified Pervious Concrete Craftsman for each crew, who must be
on site, over-seeing the work during all pervious concrete placement; or employ no less
than three (3) NRMCA Certified Pervious Concrete Installers per crew, who must be on site
working during each pervious concrete placement. The minimum number of certified
individuals must be present on each crew for every pervious concrete placement, including
the test panel placements, and a certified individual must be in charge of the placement
crew and procedures.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, personnel used for installing pervious concrete are
unqualified, inattentive to quality, or unsafe, they shall be removed or reassigned from
installation of pervious concrete at the written request of the Engineer.
5-06.3(10)B Test Panel
Production placement of pervious concrete shall not occur until the Contractor has
completed a test panel of pervious concrete pavement that meets all of the acceptance
criteria described herein and is accepted by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall construct a test panel utilizing a minimum of seven (7) cubic yards of
pervious concrete. If multiple pavement section depths are shown on the plans, a test panel
shall be constructed for each pavement section depth/thickness. The width of the test
panel shall have a width no smaller than the greatest width to be used during the
construction and installation of the pervious concrete onsite. The test panel(s) shall include
at least one joint and at the spacing specified on the plans and specifications. Test panels
may be placed non-contiguously. The test panel(s) shall be equivalent and representative
of the production pervious concrete pavement in all aspects including subbase, depth,
joints, method of placement, curing, and preparation. Construction and evaluation of th e
test panel shall occur as follows:
1. Notify the Engineer at least ten (10) Working Days before installing pervious
concrete test panels.
2. Coordinate the location of the test panel with the Engineer.
3. Install the test panel in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings.
4. Notify the Engineer when the test panel is ready for inspection and acceptance
testing.
5. Acceptance testing will be conducted in accordance with Section 5-03.3(6).
6. Remove, replace, and dispose of any unsatisfactory portions of test panels as
determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency.
Failure to install acceptable test panel(s) of pervious concrete will indicate an unapproved
test panel(s) and require new test panel(s) for review.
The completed and approved test panel(s) shall establish the JMF.
The approved test panel shall meet the requirements of Section 5-03.3(6).
Upon successful completion of the infiltration test, unless otherwise determined by the
Engineer, three (3), cores will be cut in accordance with ASTM C42 and will be used to
validate the mix design under the acceptance criteria of Section 5-06.3(6). Cores shall be
taken at the same location where the infiltration test was conducted. The average
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-23
hardened density of the cores shall be the hardened density used for the JMF. The
hardened density of each core used for determining the JMF shall be within five (5) percent
of the mean value of the three cores. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with
pervious concrete meeting the proposed JMF and shall match adjacent pavement color,
texture and grade.
The completed and accepted test panels shall be maintained and protected throughout the
duration of the Work and may not be demolished and disposed of without written
permission from the Engineer. If the test panel(s) is incorporated into the Work, it shall
remain in place accepted as a single lot.
5-06.3(11) Joints
Construct joints at the locations, depths and with horizontal dimensions indicated on plans
unless noted otherwise in this section. Joints shall be of three (3) types: construction,
contraction, isolation. Construction joints shall be formed at the end of a day’s work or
when necessary to stop production for any reason. Contraction joints shall be used to
control random cracking. Isolation joints shall be used where the pervious concrete abuts
existing facilities or where shown on the Plans.
5-06.3(11)A Construction Joints
Construction joints shall be located at the location of a planned contraction or isolation joint.
Construction joints are to be formed by placing a header between the forms, at right angles,
to the full depth of the finished pervious concrete, and set to the height of the forms.
Pervious concrete shall be placed against the header and compacted and finished as
normal, including edging. The header shall remain in place until paving resumes.
5-06.3(11)B Contraction Joints
Contraction joints (transverse and longitudinal) shall be constructed at the locations and
intervals shown in the Contract. Contraction joints shall be a depth of 1/3 the thickness of
the pervious concrete pavement section and have a width of no more than 1/4 inch.
Contraction joints shall not be saw cut unless specifically noted on the Plans. Saw cut
joints shall have a minimum width of 1/8 inch. Plastic formed contraction joints shall be
tooled on both sides of the joint with a radius of ½ inch. Tool joint to the depth and width in
fresh concrete immediately after the concrete is compacted.
5-06.3(11)C Isolation Joints
Isolation joints shall be placed where the pervious concrete abuts existing structures or
where shown on the Plans. Isolation joints shall continue through the depth of the pervious
concrete using a 3/8 inch premolded joint filler meeting the requirements of Section 9-
04.1(2). Isolation joints may be formed by forming a construction joint and affixing the
premolded joint filler against one side of the joint and placing fresh pervious concrete
against it. Isolation joints and filler shall be flush with the surrounding pervious concrete
and shall not deviate from the acceptance criteria for smoothness as shown in Section 5-
06.3(6). The edge of the pervious concrete adjacent the premolded joint filler shall be hand
tooled with a ½ inch radius.
5-06.3(12) Cold Weather Work
When concrete is being placed and the ambient air temperature is expected to drop below
35° F during the day or night, the Contractor shall protect the concrete from freezing. The
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-24
Contractor shall submit for approval a Cold Weather Plan prior to placing concrete when
ambient air temperature below 35° F is anticipated, or when requested by the Engineer.
When a Cold Weather Plan is required, pervious concrete shall not be placed without an
approved Cold Weather Plan.
Under the Cold Weather Plan, the Contractor shall, provide a sufficient supply of straw,
hay, blankets, or other suitable blanketing material and spread it over the pavement to a
sufficient depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The blanket material shall be placed on
top of the sheet curing materials and covered with a layer of burlap or plastic sheeting,
weighted or anchored to prevent the wind from displacing the insulation. At no time during
the curing period shall the temperature of the pervious concrete be allowed to drop below
55° F. The Engineer may require recording thermometers if daytime temperature is below
50°. The curing period may be extended by the Engineer if the pervious concrete
temperature has been allowed to drop below 55° F.
The cold weather protection shall be maintained for seven (7) days. Pervious concrete that
has frozen during this period will be rejected.
5-06.3(13) Protection of Pervious Concrete Pavement
As part of the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention plan (SWPPP), rain runoff,
surface water of any kind and sediment shall be prevented from entering the area of
pervious concrete construction, including excavation, until the pervious concrete application
has cured, testing is completed and determined to meet specifications and the adjacent
areas that sheet flow/drain onto the pervious concrete are permanently stabilized from
erosion and plantings are established. Once pavement is placed, flow diversion measures
and protective covers shall continually be maintained until adjacent areas are permanently
stabilized and concrete has been accepted. Construction vehicular traffic shall not be
allowed onto the pervious concrete pavement.
Do not open the pavement to vehicular traffic until the concrete has cured for at least seven
(7) uninterrupted days, testing has been completed, and the pavement has been accepted
by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect the pervious concrete pavement from
damage, including the introduction of foreign materials to the surface, throughout the
course of the work. Pervious concrete pavement that is damaged or has been adversely
impacted by the introduction of foreign materials shall be remediated to the satisfaction of
the Engineer or rejected and replaced to the nearest joint.
Supplement Division 5 with the following:
5-07 Textured Asphalt
5-07.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
This work consists of texturing and coloring asphalt concrete pavement in areas indicated
on the Contract Drawings. Work includes imprinting the hot mix asphalt surface with a
textured finish, and coating the finish surface with a colored epoxy material. All imprinting
work shall be performed by an Authorized Street Print Applicator or substituted in its
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-25
entirety with an approved equivalent described here in accordance with 1-06.7(4)
(Proposed Equivalents).
5-07.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The following specifications and methods are referenced as part of these Special
Provisions.
American Society for Testing and Materials
1) ASTM D-4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of
Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Tester
2) ASTM D-4060 Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic
Coatings by the Taber Abraser
3) ASTM D-2697 Standard Test Method for Volume of Nonvolatile
Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings
5-07.2(1) Coating Material
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The coating material shall be a premium high performance material consisting of epoxy
modified acrylic polymers blended with sand and aggregate, “StreetBond SP150E,” or an
approved equivalent.
5-07.2(2) Colorant
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The colorant shall be a highly concentrated, high quality, UV stable pigment blend designed
to be added to coating material to provide color to the coating. The colorant shall be
StreetBond Colorant, with the color “Bedrock,” and the same colorant shall be used in each
coating layer applied to the asphalt surface. One pint of StreetBond Colorant shall be used
with one 5-gallon pail of StreetBond SP150E Coating Material.
5-07.3 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall follow the latest StreetPrint Application Procedures as issued by
Integrated Paving Concepts Inc.
5-07.3(1) Textured Asphalt Terms
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Textured Asphalt Pavement shall be described as “StreetPrint Pavement Texturing”,
“StreetPrint”, or approved equivalent pavement on the Contract Plans and documents
related to the project.
Pavement Texturing is defined as a finishing system, which treats the surface of Hot Mix
Asphalt (HMA) by imprinting fully compacted asphalt pavement with “grid style” or other
styles of depressions to replicate, in relief, the concrete grout depressions common to
hand-laid brick or cobblestone, or any other design as shown on the Plans or described in
the specifications, and coating the imprinted asphalt surface using an approved surfacing
system. This system shall be the “StreetPrint” system utilizing the “StreetBond HW
Surfacing System” or an approved equivalent.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-26
Imprinting Asphalt Concrete Pavement is defined as pressing flexible templates into hot,
fully-compacted, Asphalt Concrete Pavement to create the appearance of grout lines or
patterns in the asphalt surface.
Surfacing System is defined as multiple applications of premium coating material, and
shall be StreetBond HW Surfacing System applying StreetBond SP150E.
“Authorized StreetPrint Applicator” is a contractor licensed by Integrated Paving
Concepts Inc., (Tel. 800-688-5652), and shall have a foreman, supervisor or lead hand on
site who has successfully completed a StreetPrint Level 1 or Level II Accreditation Training
Program.
5-07.3(2) Certification
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The contractor shall furnish certification of test results showing that surfacing materials has
the following properties:
1. Adhesion (PLI) To an Asphalt substrate (ASTM D-4541) Result: Cohesive
failure of asphalt prior to adhesive failure.
2. Taber Abrasion H-10(Dry Wear Index) (ASTM D-4060). Maximum of 0.98
grams/1000 cycles after 7 calendar days cure.
3. Solids by Volume (%) (ASTM D-2697). Minimum = 24 +/-2%.
5-07.3(3) Equipment
(September 2016, City of Auburn)
All equipment, tools, and machines used to perform the work shall be maintained in
satisfactory working order at all times. Descriptive information on the surfacing application
equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 5 working days
before the work starts.
5-07.3(3)A Templates
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Templates shall be manufactured from flexible, woven wire rope cut and welded into th e
patterns used for imprinting Asphalt Concrete Pavement.
5-07.3(3)B Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater
(September 2016, City of Auburn)
Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater shall be used to apply heat to the asphalt surface in
designated areas for imprinting. The heating equipment used shall allow continuous
monitoring of the surface temperature to ensure the asphalt does not over heat and burn.
Equipment that is specifically excluded from this section shall not be used for reheating of
the asphalt in any form, including direct flame heaters.
5-07.3(3)C Vibratory Plate Compactor
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Vibratory Plate Compactor shall be used for pressing the wire templates into the heated
asphalt to create the specified pattern.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-27
5-07.3(3)D Spray Equipment
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Spray Equipment shall be capable of applying the coating material to the asphalt surface in
a controlled thin film.
5-07.3(4) Construction
5-07.3(4)A Surface Preparation Prior to Coating
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The asphalt surface shall be free of dirt, debris, oil or anything that will adversely affect the
adhesion of the new coating system. All loose material on the asphalt surface shall be
removed and prior to applying the coatings, the asphalt surface shall be completely dry.
5-07.3(4)B Layout and Imprinting
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Layout and imprinting of the pattern into the surface of the HMA is shown in the Plans.
5-07.3(4)C Heating of Asphalt
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Direct flame heaters shall not be allowed for the purpose of heating the asphalt. Hot air
portable heaters may only be used for heating isolated areas. The temperature of the
asphalt surface shall be regularly monitored during the reheating process. The asphalt
pavement shall be adequately heat soaked (softened) to a depth of at least 1/2 inch,
without burning the asphalt. If during the re-heating process the surface is overheated and
begins to emit black smoke, the contractor shall stop work immediately. The damaged
surface area shall be removed by milling the upper 1-1/2 inch and replaced by a partial
depth patch with the topmost layer matching the existing surface layer mix and binder.
Patching and all work associated with the repair effort shall be at no cost to the City.
5-07.3(4)D Sample Area
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Prior to installing the Surfacing System to the entire project, a sample area shall be
completed. Upon approval from the Engineer for appearance of color, the Contractor may
proceed with completing the Surfacing System installation.
5-07.3(4)E Coating Installation
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall apply the Surfacing System only when the air temperature is at least
50F and rising, and will not drop below 50F within 8 hours of application of the coating
material. There should be no precipitation expected within 2 hours after applying the final
layer of coating material.
5-07.3(5) Quality Control
5-07.3(5)A General
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-28
At all times the Contractor shall have a representative familiar with all manufacturer’s
recommendations for products used on site, or if the StreetPrint process is utilized then a
foreman, supervisor or lead hand who is registered with Integrated Paving Concepts, Inc.,
as a Level 1 or Level II Accredited StreetPrint Installer shall be onsite at all times during
installation; certification must be submitted for approval 5 working days prior to
commencing construction.
5-07.3(5)B Stamping Depth
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Upon completion, the patterned area shall be checked for proper depth of print. 98% of the
stamped area shall have an imprint depth of 1/4 inch. If any sample areas have an imprint
depth that is less than 1/4 inch, those areas shall be re-heated and re-stamped prior to
applying the coatings.
5-07.3(5)C Coating Thickness
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The total thickness shall be monitored by measuring the volume of material used per unit
area. For this project an average coverage area for the combined coating layers shall be
per manufacturer’s recommendation or 150 square feet coated per 5-gallon pail of
StreetBond SP150E material used. The Contractor shall provide proof of material usage.
5-07.3(5)D Protection of Existing Pavement Markings
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall protect all existing pavement markings from contamination from the
asphalt sealant including any existing markings on curbing. All disturbed pavement
markings shall be returned to their original condition, at no additional cost to the City as
specified in Section 8-22 (Pavement Markings).
Supplement Division 5 with the following:
5-08 Stamped Colored Cement Concrete
5-08.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
This work shall be for the completion of stamped concrete medians as indicated on the
Plans.
5-08.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Stamped concrete shall be air entrained concrete Class 4000 in accordance with the
requirements of Section 6-02.
Solomon Liquid Colors Inc. colorant (Solomon Colors, PO Box 8288, Springfield, Illinois
62791. Phone (800) 624-0261 / (217) 522-3112. Fax (800) 624-3147 / (217) 522-3145.
Web Site www.solomoncolors.com. E-Mail sgs@solomoncolors.com.), or approved
equivalent, shall be added to the concrete mixture per the following specifications:
Colorant Material Specifications:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-29
Color: ColorFlo Liquid Color
Name: Dark Redwood
Number: 489
Compliance: ASTM C 979.
Material: Predispersed iron oxide pigments containing high pigment solids in
aqueous base liquid.
Produce uniform and consistent color.
Permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather
resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, and nonbleeding.
Free of deleterious fillers and extenders.
Particle Size: 95 to 99 percent minus 325 mesh.
Specific Gravity: 1.9 to 2.0.
Color Mixing Specifications:
Mixer shall be loaded to a minimum of 40% capacity to ensure good color
suspension.
The mix design shall be consistent and the water cement ratio shall be
maintained with a maximum 4 inch slump.
The Contractor shall reverse the drum, bringing the concrete to the back of
the truck, prior to adding color to the ready mix truck.
The Contractor shall mix the concrete at high speed for a minimum of 5
minutes before pouring concrete.
5-08.3 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Construction Requirements for Stamped Colored Concrete:
Measuring, Batching, Mixing, and Delivering Concrete: As specified in
Section 6-02, except as specified in this section.
1. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete with pigments in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Ensure mixer is clean and free of washout water before loading.
3. Load mixer to a minimum of 40 percent capacity.
4. Do not load mixer beyond recommended capacity.
5. Add concrete materials to mixer in same order for each batch.
6. Do not add pigment to mixer as first concrete material.
7. Maintain consistent amounts of batch water in each batch.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-30
Placing, Finishing, and Curing Concrete: As specified in Section 6-02,
except as specified in this section.
1. Place, finish, and cure concrete with pigments in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Allow excess surface water to evaporate before finishing.
3. Do not over-finish surface. Avoid burning surface.
4. Do not fog with water or cover surface of colored concrete during
initial curing process for a minimum of 48 hours.
Add liquid pigments to concrete batch automatically by use of metering,
volumetric, or weight measuring system or manually by weight or volume in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Recycle liquid pigments while in their container before use to ensure
uniformity and proper viscosity.
Add liquid pigments to concrete batch after prewetted aggregate and before
cement addition.
Calcium chloride shall not be permitted in the concrete mix, as it causes discoloration.
Forms shall be as specified in Section 8-14.3(2).
Cleaning:
Clean concrete of efflorescence in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
Ensure concrete has sufficiently cured before cleaning.
Use concrete cleaner approved by pigment manufacturer. Do not use
cleaners containing acid.
Apply cleaner in accordance with cleaner manufacturer's instructions.
5-08.3(1) Stamping
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall apply a Brickform, or approved equivalent, Antique Release agent, to
the concrete as soon as all standing water has disappeared from the concrete surface and
prior to beginning the stamping process.
The Contractor shall apply a Brickform, or approved equivalent, concrete sealer to the
finished concrete after it has cured for 28 calendar days.
While the initially finished concrete is plastic, the Contractor shall accurately align and place
stamp “skins” or semi rigid mats in sequence and changing direction of patterns as
necessary to produce the pattern shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall uniformly load
mats and press into concrete to produce the required imprint pattern and depth of imprint
on the concrete surface. The Contractor shall remove the stamp mats immediately. The
Contractor shall hand stamp edges and surfaces unable to be imprinted by stamp mats.
The Contractor shall utilize a stamping template that matches the pattern specified in the
Plans. Upon completion, the patterned area shall be checked for proper depth of print.
98% of the stamped area shall have an imprint depth of 1/4 inch. If any sample areas have
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-31
an imprint depth that is less than 1/4 inch, those areas shall be re-stamped prior to applying
the coatings. The stamped pattern shall be neat, with clean lines and intersections.
Supplement Division 5 with the following:
5-09 Slurry Seal Surface Treatment
5-09.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This work consists of applying an emulsified asphalt slurry seal to prepared designated
street surfaces in complete and strict accordance with these Special Provisions.
The slurry seal surface shall consist of a mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate,
and water, properly proportioned, mixed, and spread evenly on the surface as specified in
this document. The cured slurry shall have a homogenous appearance, fill all cracks,
adhere firmly to the surface, and have a skid resistant texture.
5-09.1(1) Applicable Specifications
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The following specifications and methods are referenced as part of these Special
Provisions.
AASHTO __ American Association of State Highway Testing Officials;
ASTM __ American Society for Testing and Materials;
ISSA __ International Slurry Seal Association.
5-09.2 Materials
5-09.2(1) Asphalt Emulsion
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Emulsified asphalt shall conform to the requirement of ASTM or ISSA Specification for type
SS1h, CSS1h, or Quick Setting Mixing Grade Emulsion.
5-09.2(2) Aggregate
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The mineral aggregate shall consist of natural or manufactured sand, slag, crusher fines,
and others or a combination thereof. Smooth-textured sand of less than 1.25% water
absorption shall not exceed 50% of the total combined aggregate. The aggregate shall be
clean and free of vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. When tested by
AASHTO T176 or ASTM D2419, the aggregate blend shall have a sand equivalent of not
less than 45. When tested according to AASHTO T104 or ASTM C88 the aggregate shall
show a loss of not more than 15%. When tested according to AASHTO T-96 or ASTM
C131 the aggregate shall show a loss of not more than 35. Mineral fillers such as Portland
Cement, limestone dust, fly ash, and others shall be considered part of the blended
aggregate and shall be used in minimum required amounts and must meet the gradation
requirements of ASTM D242. Mineral fillers shall only be used if needed to improve the
workability of the mix or gradation of the aggregate.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-32
The combined mineral aggregate shall conform to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
(Type III)
½ inch - (12.5mm)
3/8 inch - (9.5mm) 100
No. 4 (4.75mm) 70-90
No. 8 (2.36mm) 45-70
No. 16 (1.18mm) 28-50
No. 30 (0.600mm) 19-34
No. 50 (0.300mm) 12-25
No. 100 (0.150mm) 7-18
No. 200 (0.75mm) 5-15
Theoretical Asphalt
Content % Dry
Aggregate 6.5-12
5-09.2(3) Water
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
All water used with the slurry mixture shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts.
5-09.2(4) Laboratory Testing
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Sources for all materials shall be identified before they are required for use on the project.
All samples must be taken according to previously mentioned procedures. All materials
shall be pretested in a qualified laboratory to determine their suitability for use in slurry.
The theoretical asphalt content shall be determined. The laboratory shall also determine if
mineral filler is required, and if so, how much should be used. Test samples shall be made
and tested on a Wet Track Abrasion Machine.
The Contractor must submit the complete laboratory analysis and test report with abraded
and unabraded slurry test samples, to the Engineer before application of the slurry seal can
begin.
5-09.2(5) Stockpiling Of Aggregates
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Precautions shall be taken to insure that stockpiles do not become contaminated with
oversized rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture. The stockpile shall be kept in
areas that drain readily. Segregation of the aggregate will not be permitted.
5-09.2(6) Storage
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall provide suitable storage facilities for the asphalt emulsion. The
container shall be equipped to prevent water from entering the emulsion. Suitable heat
shall be provided, if necessary, to prevent freezing.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-33
5-09.2(7) Sampling
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall furnish samples of materials and of the finished slurry surface during
progress of the work. The Contractor may be requested to supply test reports as additional
materials arrive.
5-09.2(8) Verification
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Each machine will make test strips after calibration and before construction. Test strips
shall be a portion of the project. Samples of the Slurry Seal will be taken and verification
made as to mix consistency and proportioning. Verification of the rate of application will
also be made. If any of the tests fail to meet minimum standards, additional test strips will
be required until the Engineer approves each unit. These additional test strips will be
performed at no additional cost to the City. Any unit failing to pass the tests after the third
trial will not be permitted to work on the project. Test strips must be accepted or rejected
within 24 hours after application.
5-09.3 Construction Requirements
5-09.3(1) Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
All equipment, tools, and machines used to perform this work shall be maintained in
satisfactory working order at all times. Descriptive information on the slurry mixing and
application equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 5
working days before the work starts.
5-09.3(1)A Slurry Mixing Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The slurry-mixing machine shall be a continuous flow-mixing unit and shall be capable of
accurately delivering a predetermined proportion of aggregate, water, and asphalt emulsion
to the mixing chamber and to discharge the thoroughly mixed product on a continuous
basis. The aggregate shall be pre-wetted immediately before mixing with the emulsion.
The mixing unit of the mixing chamber shall be capable of thoroughly blending all
ingredients. No violent mixing is permitted. The mixing machine shall be equipped with an
approved fines feeder that provides an accurate metering device or method to introduce a
predetermined proportion of mineral filler into the mixer at the same time and location as
the aggregate. The fines feeder shall be used whenever added mineral filler is a part of the
aggregate blend.
5-09.3(1)B Slurry Spreading Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
A mechanical type squeegee distributor shall be attached to the mixing machine. It shall be
equipped with flexible material in contact with the pavement and shall be maintained to
prevent loss of slurry from the distributor. It shall also be adjustable to ensure uniform
spread. There shall be a steering device and a flexible strike-off. The spreader box shall
have an adjustable width. The box shall be kept clean, and build-up of asphalt and
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-34
aggregate on the box will not be permitted. The Engineer shall approve the use of burlap
drags or other drags.
5-09.3(1)C Cleaning Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Power brooms, power blowers, air compressors, water flushing equipment, and hand
brooms shall be suitable for cleaning the surface and cracks of the old surface.
5-09.3(1)D Auxiliary Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall provide hand squeegees, shovels, and other equipment as necessary
to perform the required work.
5-09.3(1)E Calibration
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Each slurry-mixing unit used to perform the work shall be calibrated in the presence of the
Engineer, before construction. Documentation of previous calibration that covers the exact
materials being used may be an acceptable substitute provided they were made during the
same calendar year. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of each
material at various settings that can be related to the machine's metering device(s). No
machine will be allowed to work on the project until calibration has been completed and
accepted.
5-09.3(2) Preparation of Surface
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Immediately before applying the slurry, the surface shall be cleaned of all loose material,
silt spots, vegetation, and other objectionable material. Any standard cleaning method to
clean pavements is acceptable, except water flushing which is not permitted in areas where
there are numerous cracks present in the pavement surface. The Engineer shall give final
approval of the surface preparation.
5-09.3(3) Composition and Rate of Application of the Slurry Mix
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The amount of asphalt emulsion to be blended with the aggregate shall be as determined
by the laboratory report after final adjustment in the field. A minimum amount of water shall
be added as necessary to obtain a fluid and homogeneous mixture. The rate of application
shall be at least 15 pounds per square yard but not greater than 20 pounds per square
yard.
Adjustment may be required during construction based on field conditions. The Engineer
will give final approval for all such adjustments.
5-09.3(4) Weather Limitations
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The slurry seal surface shall not be applied if either the pavement or air temperatures are
55 degrees F or below and falling, but may be applied when both the air and pavement
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-35
temperatures are 45 degrees F or above and rising. The mixture should not be applied if
high relative humidity prolongs curing beyond a reasonable time.
5-09.3(5) Traffic Control
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor is responsible for all Traffic Control. Suitable methods such as barricades,
flaggers, pilot cars, etc., shall be used to protect the uncured slurry surface from all types of
traffic. Any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence to the uncured slurry will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Engineer shall give final approval to the traffic control
methods used.
5-09.3(6) Application of Slurry Surfaces
5-09.3(6)A General
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The surface may be pre-wetted by fogging ahead of the slurry box if required by local
conditions. Water used in pre-wetting the surface shall be applied at a rate so that the
entire surface is damp with no apparent flowing water in front of the slurry box. The slurry
mixture shall be of the desired consistency when deposited on the surface and no
additional elements shall be added. Total time of mixing shall not exceed 4 minutes. A
sufficient amount of slurry shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that
complete coverage is obtained. No lumping, balling or unmixed aggregate shall be
permitted. If the coarse aggregate settles to the bottom of the mix, the slurry will be
removed from the pavement. No excessive breaking of the emulsion will be allowed in the
spreader box. No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, will be left in the
finished pavement.
5-09.3(6)B Joints
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Neither excessive build-up nor unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or
transverse joints.
5-09.3(6)C Hand Work
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Approved squeegees shall be used to spread slurry in areas not accessible to the slurry
mixer. Care shall be exercised so that no unsightly appearance results from handwork.
5-09.3(6)D Curing
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Treated areas will be allowed to cure until the Engineer permits their opening to traffic.
Rolling is normally not required on slurry surfaces. However, in areas of slow turning traffic
the paved surface should be rolled by a five-ton roller. The paved area should be
subjected to a minimum of five coverages. If a pneumatic roller is used, it should be
operated at a tire pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS BASES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-36
5-09.3(6)E Protection of Existing Monuments and Utility Covers
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall protect all existing survey monuments and utility covers during the
resurfacing operation by placing a paper plate or similar material over them. Follo wing the
resurfacing operation, paper plates or similar materials shall then be removed to leave the
monuments clean and exposed.
END OF DIVISION 5
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6-1
DIVISION 6 Structures
6-02 Concrete Structures
6-02.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work shall consist of constructing cast-in-place cement concrete walls as shown on the
Plans.
6-07 PAINTING
6-07.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work shall consist of painting and applying painting systems to metal roadway
luminaires and metal luminaire parts.
6-07.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described in this
section.
The Contractor shall submit 3 samples of the color specified, textures, and gloss for
approval. Metal coupon samples shall be 3 inches by 5 inches. Paint color and paint
system shall be as shown in the following table for the following items:
Specification
Section Item Paint Color Paint system
9-29.6(1)A New Decorative Traffic Signal
Poles and Mast arms, Luminaire
Arms
RAL #9004
“Signal Black”
Polyester
TGIC Powder
Coating by
Tiger Drylac
(or approved
alternate))
9-29.10(2) New Decorative Roadway
Luminaires
RAL #9004
“Signal Black”
Polyester
TGIC Powder
Coating by
Tiger Drylac
(or approved
alternate)
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6-2
All steel hardware components and materials shall be galvanized to meet ASTM 153
requirements.
6-07.3(10)H Paint System
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following five-coat
system:
Primer Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F
Primer Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F
Intermediate Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Intermediate Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Top Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)H
The powder coat system shall be factory primed and powder coat to a minimum of 3.0 -mils
in accordance to the manufacturer’s recommendation and shall meet the following
performance requirements when performed at a minimum film thickness of 3.0 mils:
Property Specification Performance
Requirement
Salt Spray Resistance ASTM B117 Minimum required by
the Specification
Humidity Resistance ASTM D2247 Minimum required by
the Specification
Weatherability ASTM 336 Minimum required by
the Specification
Chemical and Solvent Resistance - Polyester family of
powder coatings shall
have a good
resistance to most
chemicals and
solvents except alkalis
and ketones.
Verification should be
made for each
chemical or solvent
proposed for use with
the coating.
The paint system shall be approved for exterior application and UV-resistant.
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
6-07.3(10)I Paint Color
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6-3
Supplement this section with the following:
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
Prepare surfaces and touch-up damaged, missed and discolored areas to bring coating
system to full dry film thickness, in color and gloss matching that of adjacent coated areas.
Add the following new section:
6-07.3(13) Painting of Aluminum Surfaces
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
All aluminum items specified herein to be powder coated shall be factory primed and
powder coated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The paint color of aluminum surfaces shall be per 6-07.2
END OF DIVISION 6
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-1
DIVISION 7 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary
Sewers, Water Mains and Conduits
7-01 Drains
7-01.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Replace the first two paragraphs after the list of materials with the following:
Non-perforated drainpipe shall be manufactured of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and shall meet
the requirements of Section 9-05.12 and perforated drain pipe shall be manufactured of
PVC and meet the requirements of Section 9-05.2(6). Trench drains shall be Polydrain
Part No. 420 with stainless steel grates Polydrain Part No. 440 or approved equivalent
placed on cement concrete Class 4000 per Section 6-02 (Concrete Structures).
7-01.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
PVC drain pipe shall be used to connect existing roof drains and downspouts to the
roadway drainage system. The amount of pipe shown in the proposal is approximate and
provided for bidding purposes only.
The trench drain shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be
flush with the cement concrete surface to provide the proper surface drainage control. The
trench drain shall be connected to the nearest catch basin with drain pipe as shown on the
Plans.
7-04 Storm Sewers
7-04.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Replace the first paragraph and list of materials with the following:
Only the pipe materials listed below are approved for use on City storm sewer systems.
Materials shall be in accordance with all provisions of the following sections:
Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe 9-05.7(1) (Plain Concrete Storm Sewer
Pipe)
9-05.7(2) (Reinforced Concrete Storm
Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe,
SDR-35
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe,
SDR-21
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Ductile Iron Pipe, Special Class 52, Storm
Pipe
9-05.13 (Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-2
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) 9-05.21 (High Density Polyethylene Pipe
(HDPE))
The laying length for PVC (SDR-35) shall not exceed 14 feet.
7-04.3 Construction Requirements
7-04.3(1)F Low Pressure Air Test for Storm Sewers Constructed of
Non Air-Permeable Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the test shows zero leakage after a five-minute test time, the Engineer has the authority
to accept and end the test immediately.
Add the following new section:
7-04.3(1)G Television Inspection
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
All of the provisions of 7-17.3(2)H (Television Inspection) shall apply.
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells
7-05.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Manholes shall be complete with frames and covers. All manhole frames and covers shall
be bolt-down and from East Jordan Iron Works: EJ product #00370781 (Eon #3715ZPT
Frame and #3705CPT Cover) or approved equivalent. Catch Basins shall be complete with
frames and grates unless otherwise specified on the Plans to be provided with solid metal
covers or manhole frames and covers. Castings for manhole frames shall be gray iron or
ductile iron and covers and grates shall be ductile iron. All storm sewer grates shall have
the words “OUTFALL TO STREAMS, DUMP NO POLLUTANTS” cast in place. Manhole
and catch basin steps and handholds shall be steel-reinforced copolymer polypropylene
(ASTM D4101) with ½ inch steel reinforcing bar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) and in
conformance with ASTM C478.
The fabricator of all precast sanitary manholes shall seal them with Tamoseal Cement
Based Waterproof Finish or approved equivalent applied to all interior and exterior surfaces
in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall have
adequate product on hand to seal any field modifications to sanitary sewer manholes.
Add the following new section:
7-05.2(1) Trash Racks
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-3
Trash racks shall be constructed in accordance with Section 6-02 (Concrete Structures), 6-
03 (Steel Structures), and as detailed in the Plans.
7-05.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All pipes entering or leaving new or existing manholes, catch basins or inlets shall be
placed on firmly compacted bedding, particularly within the area of the manhole excavation,
which normally is deeper than that of the pipe trench. Special care shall be taken to see
that the openings through which pipes or adapters penetrate the manhole are completely
and firmly rammed full of non-shrink grout to ensure water tightness.
Manhole adapters shall be provided when connecting PVC or Polyethylene pipes to any
new or existing manholes, catch basins or inlets. All manhole adapters for PVC and
Polyethylene pipe shall be of a style as required and manufactured for the specific
application with sufficient tangent at the ends to allow for proper joint connections. Field
fabricated manhole adapters will not be permitted. All manhole adapters must have
approval from the Engineer in writing before being installed.
See Section 2-09.3(3)D (Shoring and Cofferdams) for “Shoring or Extra Excavation Class
B” and Section 7-08 (General Pipe Installation Requirements) for foundation material and
imported bedding and backfill materials.
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes & Catch Basins to Grade
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Manholes or catch basins shall not be adjusted to finish grade until the asphalt paving is
completed, at which time the center of each structure shall be carefully relocated from
references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a
restricted area and the base material removed to permit removal of the frame or ring. The
structure shall be adjusted to finish grade. Temporary access to manholes and catch
basins shall be provided as soon as practical after paving.
The frame or ring shall be placed on concrete blocks and/or wedged up to the desired
grade. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed, the dimensions of which
shall be equal to the inside dimensions of the opening plus 2 feet. The base materials and
crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete shall be placed so that the
entire volume of the excavation is replaced to within, but not to exceed 6 inches of the
finished pavement surface. A quick setting admixture shall be added to the cement
concrete backfill. Once manholes or catch basins have been adjusted to finished grade and
the cement concrete backfill has cured (the day following placing the cement concrete),
HMA Class ½-inch shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller
within 48 hours.
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-4
Where shown in the Plans, new storm drain lines shall be extended to connect to an
existing manhole. The pipe extension shall be the same diameter as the existing pipe.
Dissimilar pipes shall be joined per Section 7-08.3(2)G (Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe) of these
Special Provisions.
Add the following new section:
7-05.3(5) Channels for Manholes
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Channels for manholes shall be made to conform accurately to the sewer grade, and shall
be brought together smoothly with well-rounded junctions. Channel sides shall be carried
up vertically to the crown elevation of the various pipes, and the concrete shelf between
channels shall be smoothly finished and warped evenly with slopes to drain towards the
manhole outflow.
Channels for manholes shall be constructed with non-shrinking mortar. Mortar shall be
composed of approximately one part Type II Portland Cement, 1½ to 2 parts sand, and 2 to
3 fluid ounces of water-reducing retarder per sack of cement. Sand, cement, and water
shall be as specified for concrete. Water-reducing retarder shall meet ASTM C494
specification for chemical admixture for concrete.
Add the following new section:
7-05.3(6) New Castings
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Where new castings are indicated to be installed on existing structures in the Plans, the
Contractor shall furnish and install new castings of the type specified. Casting shall include
frame and grate, or ring and cover and new adjustment section(s) as necessary to set the
casting to final grade. Install to the finished grade as shown.
Salvaged castings shall be cleaned and delivered to the City of Auburn as specified in
Section 2-02.3(5) (Salvage).
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements
7-08.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
This information shall cover the general requirements for installing culverts, storm sewers,
sanitary sewers, and water mains. The Contractor shall also follow all provisions of
Sections 7-02 (Culverts), 7-04 (Storm Sewers), 7-09 (Water Mains), 7-17 (Sanitary
Sewers), and 1-07.23 (Public Convenience and Safety) as it applies to the specific kind of
work. In case of conflicting specifications between Section 7-08 and 7-09, the specifications
of Section 7-09 shall take precedence for the installation of water mains and
appurtenances.
7-08.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-5
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Imported bedding, backfill and foundation material shall meet the requirements of the
following sections:
Pipe Zone Bedding and Select Trench
Backfill
9-03.9(3) (Crushed Surfacing)
Pipe Foundation Material 9-03.10 (Aggregate for Gravel base)
Imported Pipe Trench Backfill 9-03.14(1) (Gravel Borrow)
Controlled Density Fill for Trench Backfill 2-09.3(1)E (Backfilling)
7-08.3 Construction Requirements
7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench
7-08.3(1)A Trenches
(April 2017, City of Auburn)
The second sentence of the third paragraph is deleted.
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The first sentence of the eighth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
If any of the excavated (also referred to as native) material meets the specifications of
material listed in Section 7-08.2 (Materials), the Engineer may require that native material,
in the quantity required, be selectively removed, stockpiled separately, and used as pipe
zone bedding, foundation material, or trench backfill instead of the quantities of pipe zone
bedding, foundation material, or trench backfill respectively.
7-08.3(1)B Shoring
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Shoring shall meet the requirements of Section 2-09.3(3)D (Shoring and Cofferdams), the
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and the Washington Industrial Safety and
Health Act of 1973 (WISHA), Chapter 296-155 WAC, and RCW Chapter 49.17, shall apply
to all excavation, trenching and ditching operations on this project. All trenches four (4) feet
and over in depth shall be shored in compliance with applicable Federal and State
regulations. Extra Excavation Class B will be allowed only with the approval of the
Engineer.
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall use neat, vertical full-depth saw cuts for trenching through existing
asphalt or cement concrete pavement surfaced areas.
All pipe shall be neatly cut using an approved mechanical cutter without causing damage to
the pipe.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-6
7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where new pipe is connected to existing pipe, the Contractor shall verify the type of
existing pipe and join pipes with a pipe adapter specifically manufactured for joining the
pipes involved.
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)J Joining High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Sections of HDPE shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground.
The joining shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with
the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining
procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe
manufacturer, including but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400 degrees F,
alignment, and 75 psi interfacial fusion pressure.
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)K Packaging, Handling, Storage High Density
Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The manufacturer shall package the pipe in a manner designed to deliver the pipe to the
project neatly, intact, and without physical damage. The transportation carrier shall use
appropriate methods and intermittent checks to insure the pipe is properly supported,
stacked, and restrained during transport such that the pipe is not nicked, gouged, or
physically damaged. Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue
scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking
shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The handling
of the pipe shall be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp
objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
Sections of pipe having been discovered with cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall
thickness of the pipe shall be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe
shall be rejoined using butt fusion joining method.
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting
fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers must be avoided. Nylon slings are
preferred. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting long fused sections. Care must
be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe.
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)L Dewatering Trenches
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Where water is encountered in the trench, it shall be removed during pipe -laying operations
and the trench so maintained until the ends of the pipe are sealed and provisions are made
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-7
to prevent floating of the pipe. Trench water or other deleterious materials shall not be
allowed to enter the pipe at any time.
“Normal Trench Dewatering” is defined as dewatering methods occurring in, or directly
adjacent to, the trench, including trash pumps, sump pumps, or other methods in the
excavated areas. “Normal Trench Dewatering” does not include a dewatering system such
as well points, well screens, or deep wells. All “Normal Trench Dewatering” work associated
with maintaining a trench suitable for pipeline construction will be included in the cost of the
pipes or other facilities being installed.
Where groundwater cannot be removed using “Normal Trench Dewatering” methods, the
Contractor shall provide a dewatering system that will be used to lower the water table 2
feet below the depth of excavation. See Section 8-05 (Dewatering System) for dewatering
system requirements. The dewatering plan must be received 10 calendar days prior to
dewatering operations and approved by the Engineer before underground utility installation
begins.
7-08.3(3) Backfilling
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Engineer may require “Controlled Density Fill” where uniform compaction around other
utilities, foundations or other fixed objects is not possible.
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(3)A Vertical Clearance between Utility Lines
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Where the vertical clearance between adjacent storm drainage lines, water or sanitary
sewer lines is 2 inches to 6 inches, a pipe mitigation measure is required between the two
pipes, which may include a cushion of crushed rock or controlled density fill.
7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
All existing sanitary sewer, storm, and drain pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned
and plugged, shall be plugged on the inlet and outlet ends for a distance of three times the
diameter with Class 3000 cement concrete. Care shall be used in placing the concrete in
the pipe to ensure that the openings are completely filled and thoroughly plugged.
All existing water pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned and plugged, shall be
plugged on the ends with Mechanical Joint plugs.
All existing sanitary sewer, storm, and water pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned
and filled, shall be filled with concrete that has a compressive strength of 1,500 psi or less
for the entire length of pipe specified.
The Contractor shall seal abandoned or filled pipe connections at manholes or catch basins
with Class 3000 cement concrete and grout to provide a smooth, watertight seal.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-8
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(5) Pipe Trench Restoration
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Trenches excavated as part of a new street construction shall be completed to subgrade
before placing surfacing materials and sidewalks. Final restoration will be completed with
the street surfacing.
In existing streets, sidewalks and other native or landscaped areas, the restoration shall be
to a minimum of the existing adjacent surfaces. Asphalt and cement concrete pavement,
sidewalks, etc., shall be replaced upon a firm unyielding base to match existing surface
thickness. The minimum asphalt concrete pavement replacement section shall be 2 inches
thick.
7-09 Water Mains
7-09.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall also follow the requirements of Section 7-08 (General Pipe Installation
Requirements). In case of conflicting specifications between Section 7-08 and 7-09, the
specifications of Section 7-09 shall take precedence for the installation of water mains and
appurtenances.
7-09.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete ‘Aggregates’ and the reference sections pertaining to Foundation Material, Gravel
Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding, Pipe Zone Bedding, and Trench backfill, from the list in the
first paragraph.
Supplement this section with the following:
Ductile Iron Pipe per Section 9-30.1(1) with Ductile Iron Fittings per Section 9-30.2(1) shall
be the only pipe and fitting materials allowed for water systems owned by the City of
Auburn.
7-09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water mains shall be installed with 42-inch minimum finished pipe cover, unless the
Engineer determines less cover is adequate where existing facilities, not to be relocated,
might interfere with the pipe laying operation.
7-09.3(13) Handling of the Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-9
Supplement this section with the following:
Strict adherence to the requirements preventing debris from entering the pipe will be
required, including plugging of pipe during transport, storage, and placement. If, in the
opinion of the Engineer, any pipe or fitting has been installed with dirt, foreign material, or
diesel residue in it, it shall be removed, cleaned, and re-laid at Contractor expense.
7-09.3(19) Connections
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall field verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to ensure
proper fit prior to any connections being made to existing mains.
7-09.3(19)B Maintaining Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water main shut-offs shall be in accordance with Section 1-07.17(1) (Disruption to City
Water Services).
7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where trench conditions are such that thrust restraint is not accomplishable with concrete,
the Contractor shall provide restrained joints in accordance with Section 9-30.2(6)
(Restrained Joints) to replace or supplement concrete blocking or anchors. Supplement
and replacement restrained joints shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturer
and approved by the Engineer.
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Add the following sentence at the beginning of the first paragraph:
Hydrostatic tests shall be made on all new pipeline in accordance with the applicable
portions of this Standard Specification and ANSI/AWWA C600, except as modified in this
document.
Add the following sentence between the first and second sentence of the first paragraph:
Test pressures shall not exceed the rated pressure of the valves when the pressure
boundary of the test section includes closed, resilient-seated gate valves or butterfly valves.
Add the following sentence at the end of the second paragraph:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-10
Sections of pipe between valves shall be pressure tested immediately upon completion of
each section. Each section shall be immediately backfilled upon the Engineer approving
the hydrostatic pressure test results.
7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The City will take bacteriological test samples. The Contractor shall insert corporation
stops in the main at all locations required to take bacteriological test samples. If original
test samples prove unsatisfactory, a charge of $20.00 will be made for processing each
additional sample.
7-09.3(24)J Preventing Reverse Flow
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Prior to beginning the water main installation, the Contractor shall prepare a Prevention of
Reverse Flow Plan per Section 1-06 (Control of Material), showing the intended method, in
detail, which will be incorporated to insure the prevention of reverse flows from entering the
existing distribution system. The plan shall meet the requirement of WAC 246-902-490.
The Contractor shall consider this plan as a submittal, and submit it per the specifications in
Section 1-06 (Submittals). The Engineer must approve this plan prior to the Contractor
starting work on the water main.
7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Accomplish line flushing in accordance with the latest provisions of AWWA C601. Flush all
dead end mains with a temporary blow off. The Contractor is responsible for disposal of
water flushed from the line. An approved bacteriological test is required before connection
to the existing system. The City will measure water consumed for flushing.
The Contractor shall submit a de-chlorination plan per Section 1-06 (Control of Material)
indicating how chlorine concentration and pH adjustment will be achieved per this Section.
All costs to submit the plan shall be included in the unit contract price per linear foot of pipe.
7-12 Valves for Water Mains
7-12.3 Construction Requirements
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(2) Adjust Valve Boxes
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-11
The Contractor shall adjust water valve boxes to finish grade as specified in the Plans and
in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details. Water valve boxes shall
be accessible at all times.
Valve boxes shall not be adjusted to finish grade until the asphalt paving is completed, at
which time, each valve box shall be carefully relocated from references previously
established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and the base
material removed to permit adjustment.
The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete
shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced to within, but not to
exceed 6 inches of the finished pavement surface. A quick setting admixture shall be added
to the cement concrete backfill. Once the valve boxes have been adjusted to finished grade
and the cement concrete backfill has cured (the day following placing the cement concrete),
HMA Class ½-inch shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller
within 48 hours.
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(3) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
“Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly” shall be constructed at locations
shown on the Plans and shall be a minimum of 1 inch diameter in accordance with the
applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail(s).
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(4) Valve Wrench Extension Box
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall furnish and install valve wrench extension boxes where the valve nut
will exceed 48 inches below the top of the finished valve box and finish grade, where
shown on the Plans, in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail(s) for
deep buried valves.
7-14 Hydrants
7-14.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
A type 2BB Blue Raised Pavement Marker(s) is required at each hydrant location. Location
of the blue marker shall be 1-foot offset of centerline in the direction of the hydrant at each
hydrant location. Hydrants located within 50-feet of the curb face of an intersection shall be
marked on both streets. The reflective surfaces of the raised pavement markers shall be
perpendicular to the flow of traffic. The Raised Pavement Markers shall be installed in
accordance with Section 8-09 (Raised Pavement Markers).
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-12
7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Where shown in the Plans, the “Hydrant Assembly” shall be installed perpendicular to the
supply main. A 6-inch resilient-wedge gate valve with valve box in accordance with Section
7-12 (Valves for Water Mains) shall be installed on each hydrant supply line.
All hydrants shall be inspected upon delivery in the field to ensure proper working order.
After installation, fire hydrants, auxiliary gate valves, and other appurtenances thereto shall
be subjected to a hydrostatic test and disinfection procedures as specified in Section 7-09
(Water Mains).
After installation each hydrant shall receive 2 field-coats of paint. The first coat shall be
Formula B-1-57 iron oxide, and the second coat shall be Safety Yellow Enamel conforming
to Federal Specification TT-E-489C Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Federal Color No. 1063. The
outside surface below the ground shall be coated with asphalt varnish.
During the chlorination process for the newly laid pipe, all valves associated with each
hydrant assembly shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the chlorinating agent
and under normal operating pressure.
Any hydrant not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag
properly secured.
7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Existing hydrants shall be moved where shown in the Plans. Moving existing hydrants shall
include removal of all component parts from the water main to the hydrant.
The Contractor shall provide and install the following new components at the new hydrant
location shown on the Plans:
Special Class 52 Ductile Iron pipe;
6 inch tee or tapping tee and gate valve with box;
Restraint system;
Blocking.
7-15 Service Connections
7-15.2 Materials
(May 2018, City of Auburn)
All water service materials shall be low lead brass CDA89833 or CDA89520, and shall
meet ANSI/AWWA C800 and NSF 61 Annex G maximum lead requirements.
7-15.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-13
Supplement this section with the following:
Water service connections shall be installed where shown on the drawings in accordance
with these documents and the applicable Standard Details. Multiple service connections to
the same main must be made with a 2 foot minimum separation at the main and be
staggered horizontally, so that adjacent services are at differing elevations along the pipe.
Meter box and water meters shall not be placed in locations which are subjected to
vehicular traffic (including driveways, etc.) unless approved by the Engineer and a traffic
bearing meter box is provided. Tail pieces (that portion of the service line between the
meter and the property line) shall be furnished and installed and shall be of the same
material and size as the service line. Connection of the tail piece to the service line from
the building shall be made with compression couplings or capped as appropriate. Service
pipes shall be installed without joints from the water main to the curb valve near or within
the meter box. Tailpieces shall also be installed without joints from the water meter outlet
to its termination (18 inches minimum beyond the meter but not beyond the right-of-way
line). The existing ¾-inch water meter shall be reinstalled to the new meter setter once the
new 1-inch service line, meter setter, and tailpiece, have been installed and the new meter
box has been adjusted to grade.
All new materials (service line, meter setter, tailpiece, and meter box) shall be used for
water meter relocations. Materials shall match existing size unless otherwise shown on the
Plans.
When removing existing meters, the Contractor shall protect all automated meter reading
equipment including radios, receivers/transmitters, and other equipment. The removed
meters/equipment will be stored in such a manner to prevent damage to the equipm ent.
The Contractor will request and complete training from City staff on proper measures and
techniques required to protect the equipment prior to removing any equipped meters.
7-17 Sanitary Sewers
7-17.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Materials shall be in accordance with following Sections:
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Sanitary Sewer Pipe, SDR-35
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sanitary Sewer
Pipe, SDR-21
9-30.1(5) (Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC))
Ductile Iron, Special Class 52 Sanitary
Sewer Pipe
9-30.1(1) (Ductile Iron Pipe)
High Density Polyethylene Sanitary Sewer
Pipe (HDPE)
9-05.21 (High Density Polyethylene Pipe
(HDPE))
The laying length for PVC (SDR-35) shall not exceed 14 feet.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-14
7-17.3 Construction Requirements
7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewage Facilities
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Connections to the existing system shall be plugged during the entire period of sewer
construction to prevent dirt, water, and debris from entering the existing system
7-17.3(2) Cleaning and Testing
7-17.3(2)A General
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
Sewers and appurtenances, where required in the Plans, shall be cleaned and tested after
backfilling by the low pressure air method except if the Engineer approves hydrostatic
testing of short sections of small diameter pipe.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall have all sewer lines inspected by the use of a
television camera per Section 7-17.3(2)H (Television Inspection). Manholes and other
structures shall be cleaned and tested per Section 7-07 (Cleaning Existing Drainage
Structures).
Special sealants shall not be used to seal leaks and the use of any such materials will be
cause for rejection of the sewer lines.
7-17.3(2)C Infiltration Test
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Revise the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
“Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)” = 0.16 x √H x D x L
√6 100
7-17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed
of Non Air-Permeable Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the test shows zero leakage after a five minute test time, the Engineer has the authority
to accept and end the test immediately.
Cleaning and testing of pipes and structures shall be included in the unit contract prices for
those items installed.
7-17.3(2)H Television Inspection
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-15
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for having all sewer lines installed by the Contractor
inspected by City approved private inspection services that includes the use of a television
camera. An approved list of inspection services may be obtained from the Engineer.
After completion of the following, authorization from the City shall be required before the
Contractor can perform the initial television camera work:
1. The acceptable placement of applicable pipe, ballast, bedding, and backfill
material.
2. The acceptable completion of all applicable channels and grout work.
3. The acceptable debris removal, cleaning, and flushing of all applicable pipes
and structures.
The television inspection requirements shall include the provisions of:
1. A color DVD television camera with a pan and tilt capacity in order to view all
main lines, lateral lines, and structures including channels.
2. A dye solution to be introduced in sufficient quantity to travel from the
structure that is the highest point of inspection to the downstream terminus
of the inspection limits. Red or purple dye shall be used for PVC pipe and
green dye for ductile iron and concrete pipe.
3. A one-inch reference ball to be mounted to the camera in order to drag along
the bottom of the pipe during the entire inspection procedure.
4. Linear measure references to be measured from the center of the beginning
structure to the center of the next inline structure and include the direction of
flow. The locations of lateral pipes and all distinctive pipe conditions shall be
referenced to the centerline of the beginning structure. All structure
references shall utilize the designated structure reference numbers shown
on the Plans.
The following television inspection information shall be provided to the City:
1. A clear DVD which encompasses the limits of the inspection area and
including all reference data as described herein. The recorded reference
time and date for the start of each run shall also be indicated.
2. A written report shall be provided corresponding to the recorded inspection
and including all reference data as described herein. The report shall
consist of a written narrative of all distinctive pipe conditions including
ponding areas in excess of ¼ inch.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-16
7-18 Side Sewers
7-18.3 Construction Requirements
7-18.3(1) General
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All joints shall be approved rubber-gasket joints except the joint between the new and
existing pipe that shall be made with approved flexible transition couplings. Side sewers
shall be installed to a minimum slope of two percent or as shown on the Plans unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer and shall be 6-inches diameter from the street sewer to
the private property line.
Existing side sewers to be connected shall be trimmed to the limit of the right-of-way except
where otherwise shown on the Plans and connected to the new sewer with PVC SDR-35
with a diameter to match the existing side sewer or 6 inches, whichever is greater.
(August 2016, City of Auburn).
The third paragraph is replaced with the following:
No joint deflections shall be allowed on side sewers. No horizontal bends shall be allowed
in the right-of-way. Vertical bends require Engineer approval.
7-18.3(2) Fittings
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Side sewers shall be connected (where shown on the Plans), using approved sewer saddle
tees. Quantities of tees will vary depending upon conditions encountered.
7-18.3(3) Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
During construction in areas with more than one side sewer per structure, the Contractor
shall test each connected structure to verify which side sewer is used by that structure.
The test shall involve flushing every toilet or running every sink or tub on each floor of each
structure and directly observing which side sewer the effluent discharges from. Only these
side sewers shall be connected. All others are to be abandoned in place per Section 7-
08.3(4) (Plugging Existing Pipe).
The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all City customers originally connected to
the sanitary sewer conveyance line are connected to the new sanitary sewer conveyance
line. Prior to project completion the Contractor shall document to the City that all City
customers have had their services re-established.
All pipes for side sewer and sewer stubs (pipes not ending in a manhole) shall be
adequately plugged or capped.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-17
7-19 Sewer Cleanouts
7-19.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Sewer cleanouts shall be installed as indicated in the applicable Standard Details.
END OF DIVISION 7
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-1
Division 8 Miscellaneous Construction
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control
8-01.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This section is revised to read:
This Work consists of furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing and disposing of
best management practices (BMPs), as defined in the Washington Administrative
Code (WAC) 173-201A, to manage erosion and water quality in accordance with these
Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer.
8-01.2 Materials
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe 9.05.1(6)
Quarry Spalls 9-13
Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14
Construction Geotextile 9-33
8-01.3 Construction Requirements
(February, 2018 City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Construction Stormwater General
Permit (CSWGP), when the Contract is covered by a CSWGP. When the Contract does not
identify CSWGP coverage, then the requirements identified in this section, that would only
be required in the event of permit coverage, are not applicable. All other requirements
identified in this section are applicable regardless if the Contract has a CSWGP or not.
8-01.3(1) General
(January, 2018 City of Auburn)
This section is revised to read:
Adaptive management shall be employed throughout the duration of the project for the
implementation of erosion and water pollution control permit requirements for the
current condition of the project site. The adaptive management includes the selection
and utilization of BMPs, scheduling of activities, prohibiting unacceptable practices,
implementing maintenance procedures, and other managerial practices that when
used singularly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants to waters
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-2
of the State. The adaptive management shall use the means and methods identified in
this section and means and methods identified in the Washington State Department of
Transportation’s Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual or the Washington
State Department of Ecology’s Stormwater Management Manuals for construction
stormwater.
The Contractor shall install a high visibility fence along the site preservation lines
shown in the Plans or as instructed by the Engineer.
Throughout the life of the project, the Contractor shall preserve and protect the
delineated preservation area, acting immediately to repair or restore any fencing
damaged or removed.
All discharges to surface waters shall comply with surface water quality standards as
defined in Washington Administrative Code (WAC) Chapter 173-201A. All discharges
to the ground shall comply with groundwater quality standards WAC Chapter 173-200.
The Contractor shall comply with the CSWGP when the project is covered by the
CSWGP. Temporary Work, at a minimum, shall include the implementation of:
1. Sediment control measures prior to ground disturbing activities to ensure all
discharges from construction areas receive treatment prior to discharging
from the site.
2. Flow control measures to prevent erosive flows from developing.
3. Water management strategies and pollution prevention measures to prevent
contamination of waters that will be discharged to surface waters or the
ground.
4. Erosion control measures to stabilize erodible earth not being worked.
5. Maintenance of BMPs to ensure continued compliant performance.
6. Immediate corrective action if evidence suggests construction activity is not in
compliance. Evidence includes sampling data, olfactory or visual evidence
such as the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil
sheen in discharges.
To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this temporary Work with
permanent drainage and erosion control Work the Contract requires.
Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the Right of Way shall never
expose more erodible earth than as listed below:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-3
Western Washington
(West of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
Eastern Washington
(East of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
May 1 through
September 30 17 Acres April 1 through
October 31 17 Acres
October 1
through April
30
5 Acres
November 1
through March
31
5 Acres
The Engineer may increase or decrease the limits based on project conditions.
Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials may
be capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff.
Erodible earth not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within
the specified time period (see the table below), using BMPs for erosion control.
Western Washington
(West of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
Eastern Washington
(East of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
October 1
through April
30
2 days
maximum
October 1
through June
30
5 days
maximum
May 1 to
September 30
7 days
maximum
November 1
through March
31
10 days
maximum
When applicable, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for
compliance with the CSWGP.
If the Engineer, under Section 1-08.6, orders the Work suspended, the Contractor shall
continue to comply with this division during the suspension.
Nothing in this Section shall relieve the Contractor from complying with other Contract
requirements.
8-01.3(1)A Submittals
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section’s content is deleted.
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection:
8-01.3(1)A1 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control
A Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan consists of a narrative
section and plan sheets that meets the Washington State Department of Ecology’s
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirement in the CSWGP.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-4
Abbreviated TESC plans are used on small projects that disturb soil and have the
potential to discharge but are not covered by the CSWGP. The contract uses the term
“TESC plan” to describe both TESC plans and abbreviated TESC plans. When the
Contracting Agency has developed a TESC plan for a Contract, the narrative is
included in the appendix to the Special Provisions and the TESC plan sheets are
included in the Contract Plans. The Contracting Agency TESC plan will not include off -
site areas used to directly support construction activity.
The Contractor shall either adopt the TESC Plan in the Contract or develop a new
TESC Plan. If the Contractor adopts the Contracting Agency TESC Plan, the
Contractor shall modify the TESC Plan to meet the Contractor’s schedule, method of
construction, and to include off-site areas that will be used to directly support
construction activity such as equipment staging yards, material storage areas, or
borrow areas. Contractor TESC Plans shall include all high visibility fence delineation
shown on the Contracting Agency Contract Plans. All TESC Plans shall meet the
requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment
Control Manual M 3109 and be adaptively managed as needed throughout
construction based on site inspections and discharge samples to maintain compliance
with the CSWGP. The Contractor shall develop a schedule for implement ation of the
TESC work and incorporate it into the Contractor’s progress schedule.
The Contractor shall submit their TESC Plan (either the adopted plan or new plan) and
implementation schedule as Type 2 Working Drawings. At the request of the Engineer,
updated TESC Plans shall be submitted as Type 1 Working Drawings.
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor’s TESC plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to
beginning construction.
The TESC plan shall also cover dewatering and the Contractor’s proposed method of
treating and disposing of dewatering effluent and other impacts of caused by dewatering
activities.
Modifications to the temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) Plans included in the
Contract Plans, shall meet all requirements of the City of Auburn Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM).
Prior to beginning any concrete or grinding work, the Contractor shall submit a plan, for the
Engineer’s review and approval, outlining the procedures to be used to prevent high pH
stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters. The plan shall include how
the pH of the water will be maintained between pH 6.5 and pH 8.5 prior to being discharged
from the project or entering surface waters.
The Contractor shall allow at least 5-working days for the Engineer to review any original or
revised TESC Plan. Failure to approve all or part of any such Plan shall not make the
Contracting Agency liable to the Contractor for any Work delays.
8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-5
The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in
the TESC Plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the Contract, a current
Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course
approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead must be
onsite or on call at all times throughout construction. The ESC Lead shall be listed on
the Emergency Contact List required under Section 1-05.13(1).
The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan. Implementation shall include, but is not
limited to:
1. Installing, adaptively managing, and maintaining temporary erosion and
sediment control BMPs to assure continued performance of their intended
function. Damaged or inadequate BMPs shall be corrected immediately.
2. Updating the TESC Plan to reflect current field conditions.
3. Discharge sampling and submitting Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to
the Washington State Department of Ecology in accordance with the CSWGP.
4. Develop and maintain the Site Log Book as defined in the CSWGP. When the
Site Log Book or portion thereof is electronically developed, the electronic
documentation must be accessible onsite. As a part of the Site Log Book, the
Contractor shall develop and maintain a tracking table to show that identified
TESC compliance issues are fully resolved within 10 calendar days. The table
shall include the date an issue was identified, a description of how it was
resolved, and the date the issue was fully resolved.
The ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all on-
site erosion and sediment control BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least
once every calendar week and within 24-hours of runoff events in which stormwater
discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be
reduced to once every calendar month. The Washington State Department of
Ecology’s Erosion and Sediment Control Site Inspection Form, located at
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/InspectionForm.docx,
shall be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the Engineer
no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection.
8-01.3(1)C Water Management
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections:
8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Wastewater generated on-site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be
discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-6
be infiltrated in accordance with the CSWGP with approval from the Engineer. Some
sources of process wastewater may be disposed via independent disposal and
treatment alternatives in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits.
8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall intercept all sources of off-site
surface water and overland flow that will run-on to the project. Off-site surface water
run-on shall be diverted through or around the project in a way that does not introduce
construction related pollution. It shall be diverted to its preconstruction discharge
location in a manner that does not increase preconstruction flow rate and velocity and
protects contiguous properties and waterways from erosion. The Contractor shall
submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work.
8-01.3(1)E Detention/Retention Pond Construction
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Whether permanent or temporary, ponds shall be constructed before beginning other
grading and excavation Work in the area that drains into that pond. Detention/retention
ponds may be constructed concurrently with grading and excavation when allowed by
the Engineer. Temporary conveyances shall be installed concurrently with grading in
accordance with the TESC Plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they
are exposed.
Add the following new section:
8-01.3(1)F SWPPP Preparation and General Permit Compliance
(February 2018D, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall prepare a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, (SWPPP), to
address the Contractors means and methods of completing the work and to comply with
both the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) and the City’s Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM). The resulting document is the Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The Contractor shall prepare and submit the SWPPP for City approval per section 1-06.7
(Submittals). Approval of the SWPPP document is required prior to the beginning of any
ground disturbing activities. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 5 working days for
the Engineer’s review of the SWPPP. Failure to approve all or part of any such plan shall
not make the Contracting Agency liable to the Contractor for any work delays.
The Contractor shall use, implement, modify, and document the approved SWPPP in
compliance with the CSWGP. This work shall include, but is not be limited to, the following:
Preparing, revising, maintaining the SWPPP in compliance with the CSWGP;
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-7
Designing and planning, sediment control/erosion control measures, (BMPs),
needed to meet CSWGP requirements;
Planning, performing and reporting of storm water monitoring;
Preparing and maintaining documentation required by the CSWGP.
During construction, the Contractor shall modify the SWPPP to address specific site
conditions. The SWPPP and Contractor’s revisions shall consist of the Contractor’s
complete strategy to meet the requirements of the CSWGP. The Contactor shall include
and modify as necessary the erosion control measures provided in the Contract Plans. The
Contractor shall review and modify the SWPPP as necessary to be consistent with the
actual work schedule, sequencing, and construction methods that will be used on the
project. The SWPPP and revisions shall meet the requirements of the CSWGP. The
Contractor shall provide and maintain on-site the standby equipment and materials to
comply with the CSWGP.
The SWPPP, including any Contractor revisions, shall document all the erosion and
sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) proposed, whether permanent or
temporary. The plan shall document installation procedures, materials, scheduling, and
maintenance procedures for each erosion and sediment control BMP.
In addition, the SWPPP shall outline the procedures to be used to prevent high pH
stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters of the state. The plan shall
include how the pH of the water will be maintained in compliance with t he CSWGP prior to
being discharged from the project or entering surface waters.
SWPPP Contents
The SWPPP shall include narrative(s) and site plan(s) that address the following as
applicable to the Work:
Clearing Limits
Establishment of Construction Access
Flow Rate Controls
Sediment Controls
Soil Stabilization
Slope Protection
Drain Inlet Protection
Channels and Outlets Stabilization
Pollutant Controls
De-watering Control
Maintenance of Best Management Practices
Project Management
Protection of Low Impact Development Best Management Practices
The SWPPP will indicate discharge monitoring locations that shall also be clearly marked in
the field by the Contractor. The SWPPP will indicate the Contractor’s process for
controlling, monitoring, and reporting of turbidity and pH in discharges.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-8
On-Site Documentation
The Contractor shall collect, prepare, compile, and maintain hardcopies of the following
documents on-site at all times while work is underway and shall make them available in
accordance with the CSWGP requirements:
1. Bound notebook #1 with a cover labeled “SWPPP Documents”, with the following
contents separated by labeled tabbed dividers:
Permit Coverage Letter
Construction Stormwater General Permit
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Erosion Control Plan
2. Bound notebook #2 with a cover labeled “SWPPP Site Log Book”, with the following
contents separated by tabbed dividers:
3. Erosion inspection reports.
4. SWPPP Modifications
5. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR)
6. Spill Reports
Stormwater Monitoring Requirements
The Contractor shall conduct monitoring of discharges of stormwater runoff for comparisons
to benchmark values for turbidity and pH as described in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall
provide weekly stormwater monitoring of the project stormwater discharge locations for
turbidity and pH as required in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall establish specific project
sampling locations for sampling and monitoring at each discharge location to determine
background, outfall, and downstream water quality conditions and provide these locations
on a map to be included in the SWPPP for approval.
The Contractor shall establish procedures that adapt to unanticipated events such as
severe storms, schedule adjustments, modified construction techniques, etc. to be included
in the SW PPP. Contractor shall submit any modifications to the procedures to the
Engineer for approval.
Contractor shall calibrate equipment according to manufacturers’ recommendations and
according to their specified schedule. If data appears suspect, the Contractor shall perform
additional calibrations immediately.
The Contractor shall complete all online reporting as required by the CSWGP.
Turbidity and pH Exceedances
Following any exceedances of the turbidity or pH benchmarks, the Contractor shall provide
the following at no additional cost to the Contracting agency:
1. The necessary SWPPP revisions and on-site measures/revisions including
additional source control, BMP maintenance, and/or additional stormwater
treatment BMPs that are necessary to prevent continued exceedance of
turbidly and/or pH benchmarks.
2. The regulatory notification to the Dept of Ecology and to the Engineer of any
monitoring results requiring regulatory notification.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-9
3. The additional daily sampling and reporting measures described in the
CSWGP to verify when project site runoff is in compliance.
At no cost to the City, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying any fines levied
against the City for any failure by the Contractor to comply with the permit requirements as
listed in these specifications and as indicated in the permit(s) included in the Appendix to
these Special Provisions.
Add the following new section:
8-01.3(1)G Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control
Installation
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This work consists of furnishing and installing all temporary water pollution and erosion
control items as detailed in the Contract Plans. If additional measures as approved by the
City are required beyond those shown in the Contract Plans, they will be paid for under the
unit cost bid item(s) determined by the Engineer to be applicable, or, if the Engineer
determines additional measures are not applicable to unit cost bid item(s), the measures
will be paid under the Force Account bid item for “Erosion/Water Pollution Control”.
8-01.3(2) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching
8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Seeding:
The following composition, proportion, and quality of grass seed shall be applie d at the rate
of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet on all areas requiring roadside seeding (noted
“hydroseed” on the Plans) within the project:
Kind and Variety of Seed
in Mixture
Percent by
Weight
Minimum Percent
Pure Seed
Minimum Percent
Germination
Colonial Bentgrass
(Highland or Astoria)
10% 9.8% 85%
Red Fescue (Illahee,
Rainier, or Pennlawn)
40% 39.20% 90%
English Perennial Rye 50% 29.40% 90%
Weed Seed (maximum %) 0.50%
Inert and Other Crops
(minimum %)
1.50%
TOTAL
100.00%
Fertilizer:
The Contractor shall submit three samples of existing soil in the project area, and one of
each specified type of topsoil to a soil laboratory for testing to determine
fertilizer/amendment composition. Results shall be submitted to the Engineer and fertilizer
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-10
and soil amendment formulation and application rates will be based on the laboratory
recommendations. However, the minimum fertilizers requirements are as follows:
Total Nitrogen as N-3 1.5 pound per 1,000 square feet;
Available Phosphoric Acid as P2O5-1 2 pounds per 1,000 square feet;
Soluble Potash as K2O-2 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet;
1 pound of nitrogen applied per 1,000 square feet shall be derived from ureaform or
ureaformaldehyde. The remainder may be derived from any source.
The fertilizer formulation and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer before use.
8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The moderate-term mulch soil binder for hydroseeding shall be a bonded fiber matrix with
integral tackifier specifically manufactured for hydroseeding applications and erosion
control. The moderate-term mulch shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual
metering of application of the materials. The moderate-term mulch shall be ‘ECO-AEGIS’
as manufactured by Canfor, or approved alternate.
8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with
the Standard Plans, prior to construction vehicles entering the roadway from locations
that generate sediment track out on the roadway. Material used for stabilized
construction entrance shall be free of extraneous materials that may cause or
contribute to track out.
8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
his section is revised to read:
Self-propelled pickup street sweepers shall be used to remove and collect dirt and
other debris from the Roadway. The street sweeper shall effectively collect these
materials and prevent them from being washed or blown off the Roadway or into
waters of the State. Street sweepers shall not generate fugitive dust and shall be
designed and operated in compliance with applicable air quality standards. Material
collected by the street sweeper shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-
03.3(7)C.
When allowed by the Engineer, power broom sweepers may be used in non-
environmentally sensitive areas. The broom sweeper shall sweep dirt and other debris
from the roadway into the work area. The swept material shall be prevented from
entering or washing into waters of the State.
Street washing with water will require the concurrence of the Engineer.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-11
8-01.3(15) Maintenance
(January 11, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained or adaptively managed as
required by the CSWGP until the Engineer determines they are no longer needed.
When deficiencies in functional performance are identified, the deficiencies shall be
rectified immediately.
The BMPs shall be inspected on the schedule outlined in Section 8-01.3(1)B for
damage and sediment deposits. Damage to or undercutting of BMPs shall be repaired
immediately.
In areas where the Contractor’s activities have compromised the erosion control
functions of the existing grasses, the Contractor shall overseed at no additional cost to
the Contracting Agency.
The quarry spalls of construction entrances shall be refreshed, replaced, or screened
to maintain voids between the spalls for collecting mud and dirt.
Unless otherwise specified, when the depth of accumulated sediment and
debris reaches approximately ⅓ the height of the BMP the deposits shall be removed.
Debris or contaminated sediment shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-
03.3(7)C. Clean sediments may be stabilized on-site using BMPs as allowed by the
Engineer.
8-01.3(16) Removal
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This section is revised to read:
The Contractor shall remove all temporary BMPs, all associated hardware and
associated accumulated sediment deposition from the project limits prior to Physical
Completion unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. When the temporary BMP
materials are made of natural plant fibers unaltered by synthetic materials the Engineer
may allow leaving the BMP in place.
The Contractor shall remove BMPs and associated hardware in a way that minimizes
soil disturbance. The Contractor shall permanently stabilize all bare and disturbed soil
after removal of BMPs. If the installation and use of the erosion control BMPs have
compacted or otherwise rendered the soil inhospitable to plant growth, such as
construction entrances, the Contractor shall take measures to rehabilitate the soil to
facilitate plant growth. This may include, but is not limited to, ripping the soil,
incorporating soil amendments, or seeding with the specified seed.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-12
8-02 Roadside Restoration
8-02.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work also involves any minor repair or replacement work to r estore roadside features
the Engineer discovers during construction.
8-02.3 Construction Requirements
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Landscape construction is anticipated to begin after all curbs, sidewalks, rockeries, utilities,
and associated roadside work is completed.
The Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other
materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from his work throughout the planting
operation. The Contractor shall maintain continuous pedestrian access and shall not
stockpile materials or park equipment in any manner that may create hazards or obstacles
to this access. At the end of each workday, and as each planting area is completed, it shall
be neatly dressed and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Cleaning by flushing into sewers will not be allowed. The Contractor shall remove surplus
soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a clean
condition at the conclusion of the work.
8-02.3(4) Topsoil
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Topsoil shall be used to restore any landscape beds or planter areas disturbed by the
Work.
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Topsoil Type A is to be used for all planting and seeding areas and shall be tested in an
independent, certified soil testing lab to determine need for fertilizers, or amendments, or
both, based on its intended use. The topsoil shall be modified according to the soil testing
laboratory recommendations at no additional cost to the City.
8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-13
Supplement this section with the following:
Native as used in this context shall mean naturally occurring material.
8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Upon approval of the subgrades by the engineer, a topsoil layer shall be placed with a
minimum organic matter content of 10% dry weight in planting beds, and 5% organic matter
content in lawn sod areas, and a pH from 6.0 to 8.0 or matching the pH of the adjacent
undisturbed soil. The topsoil layer hall have a minimum depth of 8 inches, except where
tree roots limit the depth of incorporation of amendments needed to meet the criteria. The
subsoils below the topsoil layer shall be cultivated to a depth of 4 inches with some
incorporation of the upper material to avoid stratified layers, where feasible. Cultivation of
the soil shall be done by a method approved by the Engineer. This operation should be
done at right angles to the natural flow of water on slopes. Remove rocks, roots, clods,
stumps and debris over 2 inches in diameter. Lightly compact soil and establish a smooth
and uniform finished grade that protects against obstruction to surface drainage and
ponding. For bark mulched shrub and groundcover beds, finish grade prior to placement of
bark shall be 2 inches below top of adjacent finish grade.
Add the following new section:
8-02.3(5)B Root Control Barrier
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Root control material shall be CP-Series Root Barrier Panels as manufactured by Century
Root Barrier, Universal Guide as manufactured by Deep Root, or Dual Purpose Panels as
manufactured by Villa Root Barriers or approved alternate.
Install continuous section of root control material in all tree planting areas as shown on the
Plans. Backfill with topsoil material being careful not to damage or displace root control
material.
8-02.3(6) Soil Amendments
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
GroCo (GroCo Inc. tel. 206-622-5141), Tagro (City of Tacoma Tel. 253-502-2150), or
Cedar Grove Compost shall be mixed with native topsoil to produce a 75/25 mix ratio
(topsoil 75 percent and amendment 25 percent).
8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor is responsible for determining required quantities of plant material to
complete the landscape plan as shown.
It is anticipated that some minor arranging of plant material will be necessary during the
progress of work.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-14
From the centerline of the first row of shrubs or ground covers to the edge of the planting
bed shall be ½ the typical dimension shown on the Plans and details.
Plant trees a minimum of 3 feet from curbs and sidewalks when the space is available;
otherwise they shall be centered in the available space. Trees in tree wells shall be
centered within the tree grate and frame.
8-02.3(8) Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Plant trees and shrubs in planting pits and install tree frames and grates as detailed on
Plans.
Do not over excavate planting pit depth, however, over excavation of planting pit width is
desirable.
Trees shall be handled by the rootball, not by the trunk. Burlap and wire shall remain intact
until trees are set in their positions within each planting pit. Remove all wire, twine, and
burlap from the top third of the rootball before backfilling. Plant trees and shrubs upright,
rotating them to give the best placement to adjacent plants, topography, and structures.
Hold plant rigidly in position until topsoil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the
ball or roots.
When the planting pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer plant
tablets and stakes, if necessary, as shown on the Plans. Evenly space the fertilizer tablets
around the perimeter of and immediately adjacent to the root system. Carefully place,
water, and compact planting topsoil filling all voids. Do not injure the root system.
When the planting pit is three-quarters (3/4) backfilled, fill with water and allow it to soak
away. Fill pits with additional topsoil and continue backfilling as detailed on Plans. Ground
bark shall be placed over all tree-planting saucers to a compact depth of 2 inches. Water
trees immediately after planting.
The root systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry of silt and water
immediately prior to planting.
8-02.3(10) Fertilizers
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Trees, shrubs, and groundcover shall be fertilized as follows:
Formula 4-2-2 “Transplanter” as manufactured by Pacific Agro Co., with Hercules nitroform
and W.R. Grace’s “Magamp” and trace elements. Apply at a rate of:
Trees 8 ounces
Shrubs 2 ounces
Groundcover 1 ounce
Agriform Tablets: Planting tablets, 21-ram size, as manufactured by Agriform International
Chemicals, Inc., 20-10-5 analysis. Apply at a rate of:
Trees 4 tablets for every foot of rootball diameter
Shrubs 3 tablets
Groundcover 1 tablet
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-15
8-02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Ground bark shall be placed over all planting beds and over all tree-planting saucers to a
compact depth of 2 inches. Ground bark shall be placed around existing trees and bushes
disturbed by construction to a compact depth of 2 inches. Thoroughly water and hose
down plants with a fine spray to wash the leaves of the plants immediately after bark
application.
8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Upon completion of the initial planting and per the request of the Contractor the Engineer
will make an inspection of all plant material and notify the Contractor, in writing, of any
replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the Contract Document requirements.
The Contractor shall replace all materials requested or missing and correct unsatisfactory
conditions within 15 working days. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with written
notification when the initial planting is accepted; at which time the plant establishment
period shall begin.
Completion of initial planting includes the following:
1. Installation of root control barriers and watering systems for trees.
2. Installation of all required planting materials (trees, shrubs, and
groundcovers).
3. Planting area cleanup.
4. Full operation of the irrigation system, complete bark mulch coverage, and
all planting areas in a weed-free condition.
5. Approval of Plant Establishment Plan.
8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment
(May 2018D, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Plant establishment requirements outside the City of Auburn right of way shall b e subject to
the applicable agreements, easements, and permit conditions for the property on which
they are associated.
The plant establishment period may be extended or shortened by the Engineer based on
the Engineer’s opinion of whether or not the plantings have been adequately established.
Physical Completion and Final Acceptance will not be allowed until after the plant
establishment period has begun. The Plant Establishment period may occur during the
contract Guarantee Period specified in Section 1-05.10.
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The second, third, and fourth paragraphs are replaced with the following:
The plant establishment period shall begin immediately upon written notification from the
Engineer of the completion of the initial planting for t he project. The Contractor shall
maintain all plant materials for a period of 1-year after the Plant Establishment period has
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-16
begun. During this period, the Contractor shall maintain a healthy growing condition for all
plant materials and water, prune, spray, weed, and perform other necessary maintenance
operations. Planting beds shall be kept free of all weeds, grass and other undesirable
vegetation. Plants shall be inspected by the Contractor at least monthly from October 1st to
April 30th and at least once a week from May 1st to September 30th and maintenance
performed promptly. Dead or impaired plants shall be promptly replaced during the
planting season specified in Section 8-02.3(8) and all soil ridges shall be removed from
around the watering basins before the end of the maintenance period. At the determination
of the Engineer, replacement plants may require an additional acceptance and
establishment period.
After completion of the landscape establishment period, the Contractor shall request an
inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall correct all conditions unsatisfactory to the
Engineer within a 10-day period, weather permitting, immediately following the inspection.
8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Completion of the Plant Establishment period will be certified, in writing, by the Engineer.
8-02.3(16) Lawn Installation
8-02.3(16)A Lawn Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Except in areas where the Plans specify hydro-seed, lawn seeding will not be permitted on
this project. “Lawn Sod” per Section 9-14.6(8) (Sod) shall be laid smoothly in place in
accordance with the typical section(s) in the Plans.
Prior to installing “Lawn Sod” all dry soil shall be moistened by sprinkling with water. On
sloped areas, the sod shall be laid with the long dimension parallel to the toe or top of
slope. The “Lawn Sod” shall be rolled and heavily watered by sprinkler after placement.
8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The lawn establishment period may be extended or shortened by the Engineer based on
the Engineer’s opinion of whether or not the lawn has been established. Physical
Completion and Final Acceptance will not be allowed until after the lawn establishment
period has ended.
Lawn establishment requirements outside the City of Auburn right of way shall be subject to
the applicable agreements, easements, and permit conditions for the property on which
they are associated.
8-02.3(16)C Lawn Mowing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-17
Lawn mowing beyond the mowing required during the lawn establishment period shall only
be required when indicated in the Plans. Lawn mowing will not be required beyond the
Physical Completion and Final Acceptance of the project.
Add the following new section:
8-02.3(16)D Fertilizer for Sodded Area
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Prior to placing sod, a 10-2-10 fertilizer shall be rototilled into the top 3 inches of the soil at
a rate of 4 pounds of available nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.
8-03 Irrigation Systems
8-03.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work also consists of the replacement and/or repair of existing irrigation systems.
8-03.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Irrigation conduit shall be PVC pipe and be in accordance with Section 9-15.1(2) (Polyvinyl
Chloride Pipe and Fittings).
8-03.3(2) Excavation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or
pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short
time before backfilling, or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of
the day.
8-03.3(3) Piping
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling,
loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under
cover and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of
pipe to lay flat, so as not to be subject to undue bending or concentrated external load at
any point. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be set aside until such damage
has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-18
8-03.3(4) Jointing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Solvent welded joints shall be given at least 15 minutes set-up time before moving or
handling. Pipe shall be partially center loaded to prevent arching and slipping. No water
shall be permitted in pipe until a period of at least 10 hours has elapsed for solvent weld
setting and curing.
The Contractor shall take great care to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean.
Any pipe ends not being worked on shall be protected and not left open.
No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter.
8-03.3(6) Electrical Wire Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Splices shall be made with a dry-splice wire connector, PVC construction body and snap-
lock plug with copper crimp sleeve, three flapped openings for wires and sealer packet
such as Rainbird ST-03UL/PT-55 Snap-Tite, UL Wire Connectors and PT-55 Sealer
System, Glendora, California or equivalent. Install per manufacturer’s specifications.
8-03.3(7) Flushing and Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before pressure testing, soluble weld joints shall be given at least 24 hours curing time.
Before backfilling and installation of automatic valve, all sprinkler lines with risers installed
and capped shall be flushed and pressure-tested. The final test must be performed and
approved under the direction and supervision of the Engineer. The location, inspection and
testing provisions of these specifications shall be strictly adhered to. Any part of the
sprinkler system backfilled before location, testing, or approved inspection by the Engineer,
will be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Engineer.
8-03.3(9) Backfill
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Trenches under roads or paved areas shall be backfilled and tamped with a mechanical
tamper in successive 6 inch lifts. Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Jacking under paved areas will be allowed with Engineer’s approval.
Unless otherwise specified, trenches shall be deep enough to allow 18 inches cover over
sprinkler lines and 24 inches cover over supply lines. All trenches must be straight and not
have abrupt changes in grade. Bedding for irrigation lines shall be washed sand from a
minimum of 3-inches below to 3-inches above all irrigation lines. Native material may be
used as backfill for the remainder of the trench when not in paved areas. Rocks larger than
3-inches in diameter shall be removed from any native material used as backfill.
8-03.3(11) System Operation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-19
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall perform sprinkler coverage tests to determine if coverage and
operation of the system is complete and satisfactory before the sprinkler system will be
accepted. If any part of the system is inadequate because of Contractor workmanship or
material, repairs or replacement shall be made at Contractor expense and the test repeated
until accepted by the Engineer.
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read:
Potable water shall not flow through the cross-connection control device to any
downstream component until tested and approved for use by the City in accordance with
Section 8-03.3(12) (Cross Connection Control Device Installation).
8-03.3(12) Cross Connection Control Device Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Backflow preventer assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans.
8-03.3(13) Irrigation Water Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Water meter(s) will be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans in accordance with
Section 7-15 (Service Connections).
8-03.3(14) Irrigation Electrical Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Electrical service and or wires will be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans in
accordance with Section 8-20.3(10) (Services transformer, Intelligent Transportation
System Cabinet).
8-04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways
8-04.3 Construction Requirements
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following:
Roundabout truck apron cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed with air
entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-20
Supplement this section with the following:
Reinforcing shall be constructed at catch basins in accordance with the applicable
Standard Detail(s).
When slip-form equipment is used to place the curb and gutter, the concrete mix design
may be modified as follows: The Grade No. 2 coarse aggregate (1½ inch minus) may be
replaced by Grade No. 5 coarse aggregate (1 inch minus) when required to accommodate
the equipment.
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The fourth paragraph is replaced with the following:
Joints in the curb and gutter shall be spaced to match joints in the abutting driveways and
sidewalks or cement concrete pavement. All expansion/through joints shall extend entirely
through the curb and gutter section. Maximum joint spacing shall be as follows:
A. ¾ inch expansion/through joints at 20-foot maximum spacing, or 3/8-inch
expansion/through joints at 10-foot maximum spacing;
B. 1/8 inch x 1 inch deep saw cut or scored joints per Standard Specification 8-
04.3(1) (Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways) at intervening 10-
foot maximum spacing.
8-04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Extruded Cement Concrete Curb” shall be type 6 as detailed in the applicable Standard
Plan.
8-05 Dewatering System
8-05.1 General
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
When dewatering trenches requires a dewatering system the Contractor shall design and
provide a dewatering system using accepted and professional methods consistent with
current industry practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under hydrostatic head
from the bottom and/or sides. The Contractor shall design the system to prevent
differential hydrostatic head that would result in floating out soil particles in a manner
termed as a “quick” or “boiling” condition. The system shall not be dependent solely upon
sumps or pumping water from within the excavation where differential head would result in
a quick condition, which would continue to worsen the integrity of the excavation’s stability.
Where the Engineer determines that the Contractor cannot sufficiently dewater the trench
using the “Normal Trench Dewatering” described in Section 7-08.3(2)L (Dewatering
Trenches) of these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide a dewatering system of
sufficient size and capacity to prevent ground and surface water flow into the excavation
and to allow all work to be installed in a dry condition.
The Contractor shall control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and be
fully responsible for disposal of the water.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-21
The Contractor shall confine discharge piping and/or ditches to available easements or to
additional easements obtained by Contractor and provide necessary permits and/or
additional easements at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor shall control groundwater in a manner that preserves strength of foundation
soils, does not cause instability or raveling of excavation slopes, and does not result in
damage to existing structures. Where necessary to these purposes, the Contractor shall
lower water levels in advance of excavation, utilizing wells, well points, jet educators, or
similar positive methods. The water level as measured by piezometers shall be maintained
a minimum of 2 feet below prevailing excavation level.
The Contractor shall commence dewatering prior to any appearance of water in excavation
and continue until work is complete to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic
pressure, flotation, or other causes.
Open pumping with sumps and ditches shall be allowed, provided it does not result in boils,
loss of fines, softening of the ground, or instability of slopes.
The Contractor shall install wells and/or well points, if required, with suitable screens and
filters, so that continuous pumping of fines does not occur, arrange discharge to facilitate
collection of samples by the City. During normal pumping, and upon development of
well(s), levels of fine sand or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed 5 ppm. The
Contractor shall install sand tester on discharge of each pump during testing to verify that
levels are not exceeded.
The Contractor shall control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from
flowing into excavation areas.
8-05.1(1) Design
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Contractor shall designate and obtain the services of a qualified dewatering specialist to
provide a dewatering plan as may be necessary to complete the work.
Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, design data, and
operational records required.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, installation, operation, maintenance,
and any failure of any component of the system.
8-05.1(1)A Dewatering Discharge
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Discharge Limits
1. Turbidity – less than 5 NTUs above background
2. Sand Content – less than 10 ppm
3. pH between 6.5 and 8.5
4. No visible sheen in the stormwater discharge or in the receiving water
Contractor shall conduct Daily Monitoring and provide records of:
PH
TSS (NTU)
Volume Discharged (gpd)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-22
Water levels in monitoring wells
Sand content (first 5 days after startup)
Contractor shall conduct Weekly Monitoring and provide records of:
Sand Content
Sampling and Analysis
Preliminary testing of dewatering discharge will be conducted by the Contractor during the
initial dewatering activities prior to discharging water to the City’s stormwater system.
Contractor shall use the preliminary water testing results to evaluate what treatment
components, if any, will need to be added to the dewatering system. During initial
dewatering activities, water will be pumped into a series of storage containers. Water will
be sampled from the last tank in the series and analyzed for the constituents specified in
the table above.
Contractor shall provide monitoring records to the City on a daily basis.
The total flow quantified by the flow totalizer and water levels in m onitoring wells will be
recorded on the daily contractor logs and at the time effluent water samples are collected.
The total flow measurements will be included in the effluent sampling summary reports.
8-05.1(1)B Temporary Dewatering Plan
(May 2017, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall submit a Temporary Dewatering Plan to the Engineer for review per
Section 1-06.7 (Submittals). The Temporary Dewatering Plan shall be prepared by a
Professional Engineer or Hydrogeologist who is licensed to practice in the State of
Washington, and who has a minimum of five years of experience in the design of
dewatering systems for similar projects.
The Temporary Dewatering Plan shall include:
A narrative of the Contractor’s proposed dewatering system methodology,
Working drawings showing system layout and components including number
and location of dewatering wells, wellpoints, and/or eductors with a well
numbering system,
Design calculations demonstrating system and equipment adequacy,
Specifications of proposed materials and equipment, including pump curves,
Pumps and sumps for removal of incidental seepage, perched groundwater, etc.
Provision for the settlement and removal of sediments prior to discharge (e.g.,
settling tanks),
Number and location of temporary monitoring wells to be installed (Note that
one monitoring well is present on-site. However, this well will be impacted
during construction activities and therefore cannot be used as one of the
temporary monitoring wells used during dewatering efforts.),
Dewatering schedule, including mobilization, installation, development, testing,
water quality analysis, start-up, monitoring, operation, shutdown,
decommissioning, clean-up, and removal,
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-23
Describe how groundwater will be treated to meet the applicable discharge
limits, and
Proposed plans of operation.
Any changes to the proposed system shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to
implementation.
In addition to the Temporary Dewatering Plan, the submittal shall include:
A Contingency Plan for storm events or other conditions (including failure of the
dewatering system) that could raise groundwater levels and overwhelm the
capacity of the dewatering system pumps or discharge facilities. In the
Contingency Plan, the Contractor should:
o Make provision to suspend dewatering operations for anticipated events
(e.g., storms) and unanticipated events that may occur prior to excavation
work and that would require dewatering.
o Provide methods to secure such items as the excavation, shoring, side
slopes, equipment, dewatering system components, base of excavation, and
any installed facilities from the adverse effects of elevated groundwater
levels.
o A Water Quality Sampling Plan
The Engineer’s review of the Temporary Dewatering Plan shall not constitute approval nor
relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for errors therein nor from the entire
responsibility for complete and adequate groundwater level control and volume removal in
the excavated areas; formation protection; and protection of existing and proposed
structures to the extent specified herein. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for
control of the groundwater levels and hydrostatic pressures to the depths herein specified
and for avoiding settlement outside the excavation as herein specified. The Contractor
shall bear sole responsibility for proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, and
any failure of any component of the temporary dewatering system for the duration of the
Contract.
8-05.1(2) Damages
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to the City, any damage to
work in place, or other contractor’s equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads,
railroads, private and municipal well systems, adjacent structures, natural resources,
habitat, existing wells, and the excavation, including, damage to the bottom due to heave
and including but not limited to, removal and pumping out of the excavated area that may
result from Contractor’s negligence, inadequate or improper desig n and operation of the
dewatering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system.
The Contractor shall remove subgrade materials rendered unsuitable by excessive wetting
and replace with approved backfill material at no additional cost to the Owner.
8-05.1(2)A Settlement Monitoring Program
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-24
Contractor shall develop and submit to the City a Settlement Monitoring Program for review
and approval prior to beginning dewatering per Section 1-06.7 (Submittals).
Contractor shall establish a settlement monitoring program and perform all survey and
inspections necessary for monitoring existing site features. All surveys shall be performed
under the direction of a licensed land surveyor. Vertical and horizontal measurements shall
be accurate to 0.01 feet or smaller.
Contractor shall set survey monuments on permanent structures, the roadway, and utilities.
The survey monuments may consist of PK nails with a washer with an identification
number. Contractor shall record the identification number, elevation, and coordinate
location prior to initiating dewatering, and submit the baseline information to the Engineer.
The method of installing survey monuments, and the locations and number of survey
monuments shall be as approved by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be notified a
minimum of one day prior to setting survey monumentation. The initial survey to record
the monuments baseline horizontal and vertical location shall be completed by
conducting three separate level loops for each monument. Each loop shall be run so
that they start and stop at a different location each time. The intent of running multiple level
loops on each monument is to catch potential survey errors.
Contractor shall perform an initial survey prior to commencement of the Work, daily for the
first 5 days after the dewatering system is started up, subsequently two days per week
when the dewatering system is active, and one day per week for a month after the
dewatering system is turned off. If pumping or dewatering of excavations are interrupted or
cannot be adequately maintained, the survey monuments and targets shall be checked a
minimum of once every 24 hours for as long as the conditions exist.
Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any cumulative change in elevation or
location of any monument or target in excess of 1/4 inch. If the cumulative change in
elevation or location exceeds 1/2 inch, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer
and resolve the problem using methods defined in the Contingency Plan or other
reasonable methods.
The Contractor shall maintain in a log the survey data taken for each monument or target.
A copy shall be sent to the Engineer after each addition of data.
Contingency Plan
Contractor shall prepare a Contingency Plan to mitigate the effects of excessive settlement
or movement of existing Site features. The Contingency Plan is not to restrict the
Contractor from using the best construction methods available to meet the conditions but is
required to demonstrate a reasonable preparedness to mitigate the effects of excessive
movement or settlement. The following are minimum requirements for a Contingency Plan:
1. The Contingency Plan shall outline steps to be taken to protect structures,
buildings, and utilities and to stop excessive movement or settlement identified
by the settlement monitoring program.
2. Contractor shall have all material, manpower, equipment, and other items
identified in the Contingency Plan available at all times while excavations are
ongoing or excavated areas are open.”
8-05.1(3) Maintaining Excavation in Dewatering Condition
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-25
Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. Interruptions due to power outages or any
other reason will not be permitted.
The Contractor shall continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition with positive
dewatering methods during preparation of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction
of structures until the critical period of construction and/or backfill is completed to prevent
damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent facilities from
flotation or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance.
The Contractor shall provide standby equipment on site, installed, wired, and available for
immediate operation if required to maintain dewatering on a continuous basis in the event
any part of the system becomes inadequate or fails. If dewatering requirements are not
satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, perform such work as may be
required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to City.
System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24-hour supervision by personnel
skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components and any
other work required to maintain excavation in dewatered condition.
8-05.1(4) System Removal
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall abandon and remove from the site, in accordance with WAC Chapter
173-160 and RCW Chapter 18.104, all groundwater control and monitoring system
elements. The Contractor shall be, or employ the services of, a water well contractor
licensed in the State of Washington to abandon all wells, and/or well points. The
Contractor shall assume ownership and responsibilit y for the disposal of all removed
groundwater control pumps, pipes, and other assorted system hardware.
The Contractor shall abandon and remove the groundwater control and monitoring systems
in such a manner that groundwater does not flow or seep through g roundwater control or
monitoring system penetrations into any structure or facility. Wells decommissioned within
roadways shall be capped beneath the roadway base course with at least 24-inches of
class 3000 concrete. Beneath the concrete cap, the Contractor may utilize bentonite to fill
the well per Department of Ecology requirements.
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances
8-06.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Driveway approaches shall be considered to be that portion of the private driveways, which
require removal and replacement to transition between the new cement concrete driveway
aprons and the existing private driveway. “Cement Concrete Driveway Approaches” shall
be constructed and finished as specified for driveways, except they shall be 4-inch thick
slabs and not reinforced.
8-06.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-26
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Wire Mesh (Welded Wire Fabric) 9-07.7
Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23
8-06.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Cement concrete driveways shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 3000
conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02 (Concrete Structures).
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Concrete driveways shall be cured per methods described in Section 5-05.3(13) (Curing),
with the following exceptions if the curing compound method is used:
The Contractor shall use Type I clear curing compound per Section 9-23 (Concrete
Curing Materials and Admixtures).
The Contractor shall not use white pigmented curing compound.
The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for
a period of 5 calendar days.
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as
waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in eve nt of rain or
other unsuitable weather.
Additional requirements for curing in hot weather shall be as follows:
In periods of low humidity, drying winds, or high temperatures, a fog spray shall be applied
to concrete after placement as soon as conditions warrant to prevent the formation of
shrinkage cracks. The spray shall be continued until conditions permit the application of
liquid curing membrane or other curing media.
Additional requirements for curing in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section 5-05.3(14)
(Cold Weather Work).
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb
8-07.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Precast Traffic Curb 9-18.1
Epoxy 9-26.2
Paint 9-34.2
Raised Pavement Markers 9-21.2
Type 3 Delineators Per Plan
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-27
8-07.3 Construction Requirements
8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The curb shall be installed in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard
Detail.
The second sentence is revised to read:
Before the epoxy adhesive is applied, all dirt shall be cleaned from the pavement surface
by washing.
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage shall
be filled with epoxy.
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers
8-09.3 Construction Requirements
8-09.3(2) Surface Preparation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall pre-mark the layout of all channelization and receive approval from
the Engineer before installing “Raised Pavement Markers” (RPM’s). Pre-marks shall
consist of painted spot markings or other approved methods. The Contractor shall request
the Engineer’s approval of the pre-mark for channelization at least 2 full working days prior
to installation of the RPMs.
Add the following new section:
8-09.3(8) Remove Raised Pavement Markings
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
All raised pavement markings shall be removed before placing a new asphalt concrete
pavement overlay. Removal of markers shall be conducted in a manner that prevents
damage to existing pavement. Damage to the existing pavement caused by Contractor’s
negligence shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Repairs shall
be to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
8-13 Monument Cases
8-13.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-28
Supplement this section with the following:
This work consists of constructing, or adjusting, monuments, to proper grade, and the
furnishing and placing of materials and other related work for monuments.
8-13.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Monument cases and covers shall be in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn
Standard Details. Concrete used for setting the monuments shall be Class 3000. Bronze
plug markers will be furnished by the City and provided to the Contractor.
8-13.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read:
After the monument or monument case has been in place for a minimum of 3 calendar
days, the roadway surface shall be patched in a workman like manner with Class ½ inch
asphalt concrete pavement.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The bronze plug marker shall be inserted in the concrete mix to the required line and
grade. The concrete base shall be placed on a well-compacted foundation. When Type B
monuments are installed, the monument case shall be placed in such a manner that will not
disturb the bronze plug markers.
Where called for on the Plans, the Contractor shall adjust existing monuments to the grade
as staked. The existing cast iron case and cover shall first be removed and thoroughly
cleaned for reinstalling at the new grade.
Add the following new section:
8-13.3(1) Reference Points
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Engineer shall reference all monuments in advance of construction and shall reset the
points and grades at the proper time.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish materials and install required
castings in accordance with the Plans. The Contractor shall carefully protect all reference
points to the monuments and shall give the Engineer reasonable notice of the schedule for
monument work in order to avoid destruction of the points.
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks
8-14.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-29
This work shall consist of construction of cement concrete sidewalks, including curb ramps
with detectable warning strips.
8-14.2 Materials
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
In the second paragraph, each reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE
AMS Standard 595”.
8-14.3 Construction Requirements
8-14.3(1) Excavation
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Excavation for sidewalk and for curb ramps shall be in accordance with Section 2-03,
(Roadway Excavation and Embankment).
Embankments shall be compacted by Method B as specified in Section 2-03.3(14)C
(Compacting Earth Embankments). Approved tampers shall be used in areas inaccessible
to normal compaction equipment.
The subgrade shall be graded to within 1 inch of established grade and the area between
the sidewalk and the adjacent private property line shall be shaped to line, grade, and
section shown on the Plans before the forms are set.
8-14.3(2) Forms
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Low areas in the subgrade shall be backfilled and compacted to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. All high areas in the subgrade shall be cut down to meet the subgrade
requirements.
8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
Curb Ramps shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans. If any slope exceeds a
maximum slope specified on the Standard Plans or Contract Plans or if any dimension is
less than a minimum dimension specified on the Standard Plans or Contract Plans, the
Contractor shall replace the curb ramp or a portion of the curb ramp as necessary and
approved by the Engineer to bring the curb ramp into compliance.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Expansion and contraction (dummy) joints shall be located and constructed in accordance
with the Standard Details.
Expansion joints shall be formed by first cutting a groove in the concrete with a tee bar of a
depth equal to, but not greater than the joint filler material, and then working the pre-
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-30
molded joint filler into the groove. Pre-molded joint filler used for expansion joints shall be
normal to and flush with the surface of the sidewalk. All joints, expansion and dummy, shall
be positioned in true alignment at right angles to the line of the sidewalk.
Where the sidewalk abuts a curb, or curb and gutter, the sidewalk shall be constructed with
a thickened edge.
Joints and the sidewalk perimeter shall be edged with a 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch radius edger.
The surface of the sidewalks shall be brushed with a fiber hair brush of an approved type in
a transverse direction except that at driveway and alley crossings it shall be brushed
longitudinally.
Add the following new section:
8-14.3(3)A Special Sidewalk
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
(Main Street – Boardwalk)
Finishing of the “Special Boardwalk Cement Concrete Sidewalk” shall include 3/8 inch "V"
grooves at random spacing of 12 inches to 24 inches on center with a rough broom surface
finish as approved by the Engineer. A color additive shall be mixed with the concrete so
that after curing, the “Special Boardwalk Cement Concrete Sidewalk” closely matches the
color of the existing sidewalk on East Main Street from Auburn Avenue to Auburn Way. A
“Special Boardwalk Cement Concrete Sidewalk” sample pour of a size designated by the
Engineer shall be approved by the Engineer before placing the same mix at the location(s)
shown on the Plans. The finished “Special Boardwalk Cement Concrete Sidewalk” shall
match the approved sample panel throughout its entire area. The color admixture shall be
CHROMIX brand color C-25 (Sombrero Buff) or approved equivalent.
(Downtown Sidewalk – 2x2 Scoring)
The “Special 2x2 Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk” shall be concrete with 2 ft. x 2 ft.
scoring pattern with a light broom finish.
(Downtown Street Corner Sidewalk - Brick)
The “Special Brick Sidewalk” at street corners as specif ied on the Plans shall be
constructed of brick pavers in a rectangular pattern. The patterns shall extend from the
back of curb to the building face or property line and minimum of 10 feet in either direction
from the corner of the property lines. The brick pavers shall be Mutual Materials “Holland”
8cm, or approved equivalent and the color shall be per Plans.
8-14.3(4) Curing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Concrete sidewalks shall be cured per methods described in Section
5-05.3(13) (Curing), with the following exceptions if the curing compound method is used:
The Contractor shall use Type I clear curing compound per Section 9-23 (Concrete
Curing Materials and Admixtures).
The Contractor shall not use white pigmented curing compound.
The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for
a period of 5 calendar days.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-31
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as
waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in event of rain or
other unsuitable weather.
Additional requirements for curing in hot weather shall be as follows:
In periods of low humidity, drying winds, or high temperatures, a fog spray shall be applied
to concrete after placement as soon as conditions warrant to prevent the formation of
shrinkage cracks. The spray shall be continued until conditions permit the application of
liquid curing membrane or other curing media.
Additional requirements for curing in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section 5-05.3(14)
(Cold Weather Work).
8-18 Mailbox Supports
8-18.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for the Neighborhood Delivery and Collection Box Unit
shall be in accordance with Section 9-06.5 (Bolts) and Section 9-06.22 (Bolts, Washers,
and Other Hardware).
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
Safe-wiring labels required by Labor and Industries shall apply on this project.
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The last paragraph is revised to read:
Persons performing electrical Work shall be certified in accordance with and
supervised as required by RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be worn at all
times in accordance with WAC 296-46B-942. Persons failing to meet these
certification requirements may not perform any electrical work, and shall stop any
active electrical work, until their certification is provided and worn in accordance with
this Section.
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspections
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-32
The Contractor shall obtain electrical permit(s) from Washington State Department of Labor
and Industries. Electrical Service inspection(s) will be performed by Labor and Industries.
Obtaining the permit, requesting inspections, making corrections, and securing L&I
approval is the responsibility of the Contractor.
8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Supplemental data for pole equipment, luminaries, splice kits, vehicle signal heads,
pedestrian signal heads, pedestrian push button assemblies, video detectors, PTZ
camera(s), junction boxes, conduit, conduit fittings, wiring, service/battery back-up cabinet,
controller cabinet (including controller and all other associated equipment in the cabinet),
preemption detectors and discriminators, and all other electrical materials to be used on
this project shall be submitted for approval before being incorporated into the work.
Quantity, pole height, davit arm length, and mast arm length shall be indicated and
consistent with the Plans.
The Contractor shall submit supplemental data and material shop drawings for all structural
items. The shop drawings and structural calculations shall clearly identify the type of
equipment to be used and shall be stamped by a registered professional engineer
registered. Shop drawings shall conform to the contract Plans.
All material to be reviewed for the signal system shall be submitted in a single package.
The City of Auburn reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials.
Final inspection and acceptance of the installed materials will not be given until final
installation and testing has been completed on the system. Approval to install materials
and equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site, before installation.
8-20.3 Construction Requirements
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(1)A Order of Work
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Except as specifically allowed in Section 8-20.3(1) (General), each element of existing
signal, illumination, communication and ITS systems shall remain in operation until
modified systems to replace such are operational and accepted by the Contracting Agency.
This includes, but is not limited to temporary vehicle detection which shall be provided by
the Contractor during construction to replace the function of existing vehicle detection
systems prior to any project work that adversely impacts the function of existing detection
systems. Temporary vehicle detection equipment shall be compatible with City signal
cabinet and installation shall be coordinated with City traffic signal technicians. Contractor
shall be responsible for ensuring temporary vehicle detection systems function properly at
all times while in use.
Temporary video detection systems shall be in accordance with Section 8-20.3(14)I (Video
Detection System) of these specifications.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-33
8-20.3(4) Foundations
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
Concrete for Type II, III, IV, V, and CCTV signal standards and light standard
foundations shall be Class 4000P and does not require air entrainment.
(April 2018 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before placing the concrete, the Contractor shall block out around any other underground
utilities that may lie in the excavated base to prevent foundation adherence to the utility
line. Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, and edged. Exposed anchor bolts
and conduits shall be promptly cleaned of any concrete after installation.
Where no sidewalk is planned or exists, the top of the foundation shall be 12 inches above
roadway centerline, unless otherwise noted on the Plans.
The joint between traffic signal cabinet and its foundation shall be sealed using a clear,
waterproof, silicone caulk.
8-20.3(5) Conduit
8-20.3(5)A General
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The last two sentences of the last paragraph are deleted.
This section is supplemented with the following:
All conduits shall include a pull tape with the equipment grounding conductor. The pull
tape shall be attached to the conduit near the end bell or grounded end bushing, or to
duct plugs or caps if present, at both ends of the conduit.
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Unless specified on the Plans, metal conduit shall not be used.
Location wire placed for conduit containing, or that are to contain, fiber optic cable shall be
12 AWG.
Conduit shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.1 (Conduit, Innerduct,
and Outerduct).
Conduit runs installed entirely under sidewalk, driveways, and landscape areas may be
Schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted on the Plans. The same type and schedule of
conduit shall be used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet and from Schedule
80 PVC conduit crossing the roadway to the nearest junction box. Bends for conduits
serving existing or future interconnect and fiber optic cables shall be no less than 4 feet in
diameter. All conduit ends shall have bell end PVC bushings.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-34
Stubouts shall be installed as shown on the Plans.
A pull tape shall be installed in all spare conduits for future conductors. The pull tape shall
have printed sequential measurement markings at least every 3 feet. At least 2 feet of pull
tape shall be doubled back into the conduit at each termination. Conduits without
conductors (spare conduits) shall be plugged on both ends with mechanical plugs. Locate
wire shall be installed in all empty or spare conduits, not in joint trench with conductors.
Loop stubouts that are installed before the final lift of pavement shall be surrounded with a
6 inch PVC sleeve. This sleeve shall be extended below the top of the stubout and be flush
with finished grade. All loop conduit shall be appropriately capped and sealed with a
molded plug cap. Molded plug cap installation shall comply with manufacturer’s installation
and recommendations. With the exception of connections to HDPE conduit, joints shall be
connected with medium grade gray cement solvent applied per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. The loop wires shall pass through a hole in the cap. The end of the
conduit will also be sealed with moldable duct sealing compound. Sifted sand will be used
to cover all exposed loop wires before final filling with loop sealant.
All conduit shall display the Underwriter Laboratories certification (UL Listed).
8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All lids shall open away from the traveled way. Prior to construction of finished grade, if
cable vaults are installed or adjusted, pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints may be
placed around the cable vaults. The joint filler shall be removed prior to adjustment to
finished grade.
Junction boxes shall conform with all provisions of Section 9-29.2 (Junctions Boxes, Cable
Vaults, and Pull Boxes). Junction Boxes shall be of the types indicated on the Plans. All
Junction Boxes shall have slip-resistant surfaces, locking lids, and be equipped with Penta
Head tamper resistant bolts as specified and detailed in the Plans.
6 inches of washed drain rock shall be placed inside the junction box and be spread evenly
around all conduits.
All three-way service connections leading to luminaires, including street crossings and
service cabinet junction boxes shall be made with a SEC Model 1791-DP or approved
equivalent.
Box and vault lids shall be inscribed with a welded bead message with each letter being 4
inches tall and 3 inches wide as follows:
“LT” if used exclusively for lighting
“TS” if used exclusively for Traffic Signals
“TS” “LT” if jointly used for lighting and traffic signals
“COA COMM” if used for City of Auburn communications and/or for traffic signal
interconnect.
The lids and frames shall be hot dipped galvanized after the welded bead legend is
installed.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-35
8-20.3(8) Wiring
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
The seventeenth paragraph is supplemented with the following:
Pulling tape shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.1(10). Pull string may not be
used.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All cable entering cabinets shall be neatly bundled and wrapped.
The Contractor shall pull out and dispose of wire for the existing illumination system that is
no longer needed. All costs for removal and disposal of wire shall be included in the unit
contract price for “Illumination System Complete”.
8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall provide junction boxes or other Engineer approved cover over all
grounding rods.
All junction boxes containing conductors carrying 120 volts or higher will have the lid and
frame bonded to the system ground. The connections to the lid and frame will be made
with approved compression type ring terminals. The braid will be of sufficient length so that
the lid may be easily removed and placed next to the junction box. It will be routed around
all cables so that it does not pass thorough any cable loops. In the case of Type 8 junction
boxes, both lids shall be bonded.
When loop lead-in wires or interconnect wire are the only wires in the junction box, bonding
is not required.
8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation
System (Its) Cabinets
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
A three-wire electrical service shall be used at 120/240 volts. Electrical service cabinets
shall be per Section 9-29.24 (Service Cabinets) and shall be installed where shown on the
Plans.
Power service cabinets shall be labeled by the Contractor go meet PSE Construction meter
requirements: The label shall indicate the “City of Auburn” identification, the specific use of
the service, and the general site address (example: City of Auburn, Street Lighting – 123 E
Main St). The label shall be a permanent engraved phenolic nameplate or die-cut
adhesive label at least 1 inch high. PSE will not provide the power meter without this
permanent label.
Where underground power service is not utilized, overhead electrical service shall be
brought to the power service cabinet through a conduit riser with a weather head on the
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-36
service pole. The service shall be split in the load center into a 120 VAC/240 VAC circuit
for the traffic signal and street lighting systems.
The Contractor shall provide and install service wire and PVC conduit between the service
cabinet and the point of power service location as shown in the Plans.
8-20.3(11) Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The last paragraph is revised to read:
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, signal turn-on will only be allowed Monday
through Thursday (except for holidays or the day before a holiday), between the hours of
9:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m.
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
For traffic signal turn-on, City personnel will put the signal into operation. The Contractor
shall be present during the turn-on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies of
signal operation.
All newly installed signal and pedestrian heads and pedestrian pushbuttons shall be fully
covered with black plastic or yellow nylon cloth that is firmly attached, unt il such time for the
signal turn-on.
8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems
8-20.3(13)A Light Standards
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The poles shall be plumb with no shims. The poles shall be plumbed on leveling nuts
secured to the anchor bolts and locking nuts on top of the base flange. The side of the
shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed using the leveling nuts.
The void between the foundation and the pole flange shall be no larger than 2 inches and
shall be completely filled around the conduit(s) with dry pack mortar and neatly troweled. A
¼ inch weep hole shall be installed on the downward slope side of the pad.
The dry pack mortar consists of 1:2 cement to fine sand mixture with enough water to allow
the mixture to stick together when molded into a ball by hand, but which will not exude
water when pressed.
8-20.3(13)C Luminaires
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All luminaires, shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.10 (Luminaires)
and shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as specified
herein. Contractor shall furnish man-lift truck for use in final inspection of luminaire system.
Luminaires shall be leveled in 2 planes. One plane perpendicular to the curb (parallel to
davit arm), the other plane shall be 90 degrees to the first plane.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-37
The luminaire shall be bolted to the davit arm by means of cast -in inserts and this detail
shall be coordinated with the standard manufacturer to ensure proper fit. The terminal
board shall have lugs of a 240-volt 3-wire power source. Terminals shall be labeled line-
neutral-line. The neutral terminal shall be grounded to the metal housing of the luminaire.
All luminaires shall be provided with markers for positive identification of light source and
wattage per Section 9-29.10 (Luminaires) of the Standard Specifications.
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(13)F Luminaire Fusing
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Luminaire fusing and electrical connections at lighting standard bases shall be per Section
9-29.7 (Luminaire Fusing and Electrical Connections at Light Standard Bases, Cantilever
Bases and Sign Bridge Bases) except that light standards shall be provided with 2 in-line
fuse holders, per this section, with the fuses mounted inside the pole and readily accessible
from the access hole, electrical splices shall be in the junction box near each pole in
accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details.. All luminaries shall be
fused in the pole base with a “Y” type quick disconnect fuse system.
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(13)G Photoelectric Controls
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Photocells shall be installed on the service cabinet in conformance with Section 9-29.11(2)
(Photoelectric Controls) of the Standard Specifications.
8-20.3(14) Signal Systems
8-20.3(14)B Signal Heads
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicular Signal Heads
All signal heads shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.16(2) (Conventional Traffic
Signal Heads). Lens sizes shall be as shown in Contract Plans, Signal Head Type Details.
Overhead mounted signals shall be adjusted in the field such that a person standing on the
pavement can see the brightest image of all vehicle signal sections from a distance
complying with current MUTCD standards. Signal heads shall be plumbed, and aiming
shall be by reference to the RED signal section.
Masking of optically programmed signal heads shall take place just before “turn-on” and
after all field adjustments have been made. After masking, no further head position
adjustments shall be made without the approval of the Engineer. Any final adjustments
required shall be made in the Engineer’s presence.
Pedestrian Signal Heads
Pedestrian signals shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.20 (Pedestrian
Signals).
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-38
Pedestrian signal heads shall be mounted with the bottom of the signal housing 8 feet
above the sidewalk or ground surface.
8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Loops shall be wound clockwise and consist of 4 turns of loop conductor.
From the loops to the junction box, the loop wires shall be twisted two turns per foot and
labeled at the junction box in accordance with the loop schematics included in the Plans. A
3/8-inch saw cut will be required for the twisted pair.
Loop wires shall be connected to the lead-in cable using compression sleeves and sealed
with 2-inch wide rubber mastic tape. An extra 10 feet of both loop wires and lead-in cable
shall be coiled neatly in the junction boxes for future work. Loops shall be round and saw
cuts shall be 6-foot diameter and shall be constructed using equipment designed for cutting
round loops. The equipment shall use a concave, diamond-segmented blade. The saw
cuts shall be vertical and shall be a minimum of 0.25 inches wide. The saw cut depth shall
be minimum of 2 ½ inches and maximum of 3 inches measured at any point along the
perimeter. The bottom of the saw cut shall be smooth. No edges created by differences in
saw cut depths will be allowed.
Unless shown otherwise shown on the Plans, the stop bar loops shall be spliced in series
per lane, mid and advance loop wires shall be spliced in parallel per lane and system loops
shall be spliced into individual home runs per lane.
8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The poles shall be installed on leveling nuts secured to the anchor bolts and locking nuts
on top of the base flange. The side of the shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed using
the leveling nuts.
The void between the foundation and the pole flange shall be completely filled around the
conduit(s) with dry pack mortar and neatly troweled. The distance between the foundation
and the bottom of pole flange shall be less than 2 inches except for poles located within
sloping portion of curb ramps where the distance may be up to 3 inches.
The dry pack mortar consists of 1:2 cement to fine sand mixture with enough water to allow
the mixture to stick together when molded into a ball by hand but will not exude water when
pressed.
The lower handhole cover shall be fastened with a tamperproof bolt.
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)F Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-39
Detector
The Contractor shall provide and install 3M Company 700 Series preemption detectors at
locations as shown in the Plans. The emergency preemption detectors shall be solid-state
devices in weather resistant housing. The detectors shall be capable of detecting an
optical signal generated by an Opticom brand emitter (3M Company). The detectors shall
detect the optical signals from the emitter, amplify the signal, and transmit it to the phase
selector. The detectors shall have a range control capable of being adjusted up to a
maximum of 1/3 mile. Detectors shall be installed in compliance with manufacturer
installation instructions and recommendations.
Phase Selector
The Contractor shall provide phase discriminator units as required to obtain the necessary
number of channels for each leg of the intersection. The phase discriminator shall be a
solid state, rack mounted device which shall provide power to the detectors. The phase
selector shall receive the amplified signal from the detector, verify it as valid, and send an
input to the controller. This input shall be for the duration of the detected signal plus 8 to 10
seconds additional time after the signal is lost. Four channels shall be provided.
The phase selector shall also include the following features:
1. High and low priority discrimination,
2. Settable signal intensity threshold for up to at least 2,500 feet,
3. Computer based user interface,
4. Front panel switches and indicators for testing, and
5. 20,000 priority/ vehicle class/ vehicle code ID combinations.
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)G Interconnect Network
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Traffic signal interconnect cable shall be installed as shown in the Plans and in accordance
with all provisions of Section 9-29.3 (Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable).
All cable shall be installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s installations and
recommendations.
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)H Pedestrian Push Buttons and Signs
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Push buttons shall be in accordance with Section 9-29.19 (Pedestrian Push Buttons) and
installed per the manufacturer’s directions and recommendations.
Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be securely fastened to the signal standard or
pedestrian pole using stainless steel fasteners. Signal standards shall be drilled and
tapped for mounting push buttons. Push buttons shall be installed 42-inches from the
centerline of push buttons above sidewalk or ground level.
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-40
8-20.3(14)I Video Detection System
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
When video detection is shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall provide and install a fully
functional Trafficon video detection camera system auxiliary equipment, cameras,
housings, and mounts, and all required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring
per Section 9-29.23 (Video Detection Cameras).
The Contractor shall allow two weeks to schedule a Kar-Gor representative to assist with
the system installation and turn on. The representative from Kar -Gor will terminate all video
wiring in the traffic cabinet and install and program the VIP units.
Final adjustment of the cameras shall be done by the Contractor in the presence and at the
direction of the City of Auburn Traffic Signal Technician.
Add the following new section including subsection:
8-20.3(14)J Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Camera System
8-20.3(14)J.1 Description
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
This work consists of providing a television surveillance camera system to include provision
and installation of camera assemblies (camera, lens, and housing), pan and tilt drives,
Ethernet switch, cables, patch cords and other equipment necessary to provide a complete
and operable fiber optic-based closed circuit television (CCTV) system. The CCTV camera
or camera’s shall be delivered to the City of Auburn Maintenance and Operations building
for setup and testing.
8-20.3(14)J.2 Materials
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
CCTV system materials shall be per Section 9-29.27 (CCTV System). The CCTV camera
shall be a Cohu RISE 4260. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or specified in the
Special Provisions, all materials shall be new.
8-20.3(14)J.2(1) Mounting
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Mounting of camera on luminaire/signal poles shall utilize Cohu pole mounts and
equipment and hardware shown in the Plans.
8-20.3(14)J.3 Construction Requirements
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
For each new CCTV camera shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish, install, and
setup a CCTV camera system that includes the camera, mounting materials, cables, cable
splices, Ethernet switch, and any additional equipment and hardware required for a
complete and operational CCTV camera system, per Section 9-29.27 (CCTV SYSTEM).
8-20.3(14)J.3(1) General Cable Installation
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-41
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the method that is intended to be used to
install the various cables. Any cable runs which have damaged jackets or do not pass the
appropriate test will be rejected and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional
cost to the City of Auburn.
Shielded cables terminated at a cabinet shall have their shields grounded at the cabinet at
one end and insulated at the other. Insulated spade type terminals shall be used when
connecting wire to terminal blocks.
Cables at the camera end shall be soldered to the connectors provided with the equipment
using established techniques.
The rear connection area shall be filled with silicone rubber compound. The cables to the
camera shall be encased in a flexible sheath to form one cable between the camera and
the local control cabinet.
All cables shall be supported so that there is no weight being transferred from the camera
cable to the entry points through poles or extrusions. All holes through poles shall be
sealed with outdoor rated watertight grips.
All cables shall be tagged with permanent markers of PVC identifying their use. Cables
shall be tagged at both ends and at every junction box location.
8-20.3(14)J.3(2) Camera Cable
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Camera cables shall extend from the camera control receiver to the camera and pan/ tilt
drive unit. These cables shall provide camera power, environmental housing heater power,
pan/ tilt drive power and controls, camera lens controls, and additional wires for preset
positioning of pan/ tilt and lens. The number and size of wires required in the camera cable
is dependent upon the vendor selected for pan/tilt drives. The Contractor shall provide and
install camera cables with the proper type and quantity of conductors to enable connection
as recommended by the selected vendors and as required to provide for proper operation
of the closed circuit television system.
Camera cables shall be as per the manufacturer’s specifications and designed for long life
operation under adverse weather conditions. Cable connectors at the camera housing and
pan/tilt drive shall be waterproofed in accordance with vendor recommendations. Camera
cables shall be terminated on terminals in the camera control cabinet.
8-20.3(14)J.3(3) CCTV System Test
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall allow the City 2 weeks to setup and test the PTZ camera(s). If
problems are found by the City during each testing phase, the Contractor shall repair,
replace, or reconfigure each CCTV camera installation as necessary, at no additional cost
to the Contracting Agency.
Add the following new section including subsections:
8-20.3(14)K Wireless Broadband Communications System
8-20.3(14)K.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-42
The work specified in this section shall include the furnishing and installation of wireless
interconnect communication system devices, cables, outdoor hardened Ethernet hub or
switch, patch cords and associated components in accordance with the Plans and
specifications.
The Contractor shall provide materials, equipment, labor and the expertise required for the
construction of a traffic signal/ITS wireless broadband communication system to
interconnect the proposed traffic signal and ITS equipment with the City of Auburn’s
existing ITS system infrastructure as shown in the Plans and in accordance with these
Special Provisions. All equipment shall be installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s
installations and recommendations.
8-20.3(14)K.2 Wireless Broadband System Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall provide all products and materials required for the installation and
splicing of the specified communications cables and associated interface devices.
8-20.3(14)K.3 Testing, Mounting and Wiring
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Broadband radio/panel antenna units shall be mounted on signal mast-arms or signal poles
as indicated in the Plans. All units shall be installed utilizing Pelco Products, Inc. Astro-
Brac or approved equivalent mounts per the wireless equipment manufacturer’s
recommendations for outdoor pole-mounted applications. All mountings shall have
stainless steel hardware and provide a weather-tight cable passage between the wireless
unit and the pole.
All wireless AP, and Ethernet setup, configurations and testing shall be done in consultation
with the City’s IT department and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall drill a 1-inch-diameter hole in the pole, deburr and provide rubber
grommet prior to pulling cables. Cables shall be routed through traffic signal system
conduits and junction boxes as shown in the Plans and terminated in the local signal
controller cabinet.
Sufficient cable, 10 feet where bending radius permits, shall be left in each cabinet to
properly terminate the cables. No splicing of communication cables shall be allowed.
Ethernet cables shall be routed in the cabinet and be plugged into a Contractor-supplied
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet switch. in the proposed signal cabinet and into the existing
RUGGEDCOM rs900 switch in the existing signal cabinet.
8-21 Permanent Signing
8-21.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Signs shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the current edition of the
Washington State Sign Fabrication Manual of the Department of Transportation, and the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and all provisions of Section 9 -28 (Signing
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-43
Materials and Fabrication). Code numbers on the Plans are in reference to the Washington
State Sign Fabrication manual.
Signs located in sidewalks or paved areas only shall be installed with Sono tubes.
Relocated signs shall be installed on new posts unless otherwise specified. Postholes shall
allow placement of backfill around the post.
8-21.3(4) Sign Removal
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Costs for removing existing signs shall be included in the lump sum contract price for
“Permanent Signing”.
8-21.3(9)F Foundations
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT Amendment)
Item number 3 of the twelfth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence:
Class 4000P concrete for roadside sign structures does not require air entrainment.
8-22 Pavement Marking
8-22.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of intention to receive approval of the
channelization pre-mark at least 48 hours in advance.
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings
8-23.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Short Term Temporary Pavement Markings shall only be used when the temporary striping
is anticipated to last less than 6 months. Phasing that will require temporary alignment
longer than 6 months should install striping per Section 8-22 (Pavement Marking).
8-24 Rock and Gravity Block Wall and Gabion Cribbing
8-24.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-44
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the Standard
Specifications or as noted.
Spall Backfill for Walls 9-13.1
Perforated PVC Underdrain Pipe 9-05.2(6)
Rock used for rock wall shall be sound, hard, durable, ledge rock of a uniform color and
obtained from a commercial quarry. Rock is to be free of seams, cracks, loose stratificatio n
or other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather. The rock shall have a density
of at least 145 pounds per cubic foot.
All two-man rocks (200-600 pounds) shall be a minimum of 12 inches in the least
dimension. All three-man rocks (600-1,000 pounds) shall be a minimum of 18 inches in the
least dimension.
8-24.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The rock wall shall be constructed one course at a time. Rock selection and placement
shall be such that at least 80% of the exposed face of the wall is rock.
Each horizontal row of rocks shall be seated and bedded by placing the specified backfill
behind the rock to provide a stable condition for the entire wall. Each rock shall be keyed
into adjacent rocks by utilizing the natural irregular shapes of the rocks. Voids larger than 2
inches shall be filled by wedging smaller rock of the same quality into the voids until the
maximum remaining void is 2 inches or less.
Add the following new section including subsections:
8-30 Wood Fence and Gates
8-30.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
This work shall consist of installing new “Wood Fence” and “Wood Gate” where shown and
as detailed on the Plans.
8-30.2 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
All work shall be in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 6-04 (Timber
Structures), 8-11 (Guardrail), 8-12 (Chain Link Fence and Wire Fence), 9-06 (Structural
Steel and Related Materials), 9-09 (Timber and Lumber), and 9-16 (Fence and Guardrail)
of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
All lumber shall be Douglas Fir Surfaced four side (S4S), Number 1 Structural per Western
Lumber Grading Rules unless otherwise noted. All lumber shall be pressure treated with
ChemoniteTM or approved equivalent per AWPB-LP22. Fencing boards shall be tight knot
western red cedar, Number 2 or better.
Metal fabrications, fasteners and hardware shall be in accordance with Section 9-06.22
(Bolts, Washers, and Other Hardware) of Standard Specifications.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-45
Nail fasteners shall be galvanized standard wire nails.
Concrete shall be Cement Concrete Class 3000 in accordance with Section of 6-02
(Concrete Structures) of the Standard Specifications.
8-31 Fiber Optic Communications
8-31.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The work specified in this section shall include the furnishing and installation of fiber optic
cables, splices, splice enclosures, patch panels and associated components in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall provide materials, equipment, labor and the expertise required for the
underground installation of fiber optic cables as components of the ITS network. Fiber optic
communications materials shall be per Section 9-29.3 (Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical
Conductors, and Cable).
8-31.2 Construction Requirements
8-31.2(1) Contractor Qualifications
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Installation and testing of fiber optic communications is a specialized trade that requires
specific skills that can only be gained by experience. The City has determined that the
successful completion of the fiber optic communications work specified in the Contract
Documents require that the Contractor or its subcontractor, whichever shall be completing
the fiber optic communications work, meet the following minimum qualification
requirements: 5-years’ experience installing fiber optic systems, including cable and
splices, and fiber optic systems of similar type and size to those specified in the Contract
Documents, ability to provide three (3), non-City of Auburn, public agency references that
can provide verification of the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s experience and confirm that
the Contractor or subcontractor successfully completed the installation and testing of fiber
optic systems of similar type and size to those specified in the Contract Documents. The
Contractor or its subcontractor will not be allowed to begin work on fiber optic
communications until the City has verified that the Contractor or its subcontractor satisfies
these qualifications requirements.
8-31.2(2) Quality Assurance
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
All work described in this section shall meet or exceed the applicable provisions of the
following documents:
1. ANSI/EIA/TIA-455, Standard Test Procedures for Fiber Optic Fibers, Cables,
Transducers, Connecting and Terminating Devices, and Other Fiber Optic
Components.
2. ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7, Measurement of Optical Power loss of Installed Single-Mode
Fiber Cable Plant.
3. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-46
4. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication
Pathways and Spaces.
5. ANSI/TIA/EIA-598, Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding.
6. ANSI/TIA/EIA-607, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications.
7. ANSI/TIA/EIA-758, Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling
Standard.
8. BICSI: BICSI Telecommunications Cabling Installation Manual
(TCIM).
9. BICSI: BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual.
10. BISCI: BICSI Customer-Owned Outside Plant Design Manual.
8-31.2(3) Fiber Optic Cable Installation
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Fiber optic cables shall be installed in continuous lengths without intermediate splices
throughout the entire project, except at the location(s) specified in the Plans. The cable
installation personnel shall be familiar with the cable manufacturer's recommended
procedures including but not limited to the following:
1. Proper attachment to the cable strength elements for pulling during installation.
2. Cable tensile limitations and the tension monitoring procedure.
3. Cable bending radius limitations.
The Contractor shall comply with the cable manufacturer's specifications.
To accommodate long continuous installation lengths, bi-directional pulling of the fiber optic
cable is approved and shall be implemented as follows:
From the midpoint, pull the fiber optic cable into the conduit from the shipping reel. When
this portion of the pull is complete, the remainder of the cable must be removed from the
reel to make the inside end available for pulling in the opposite direction. This is
accomplished by hand pulling the cable from the reel and laying into large figure eight loops
on the ground. The purpose of the figure eight pattern is to avoid cable tangling and
kinking. The loops must be laid carefully one upon the other (to prevent subsequent
tangling) and must be in a protected area. The inside reel end of the cable is then available
for installation. In some cases, it may be necessary to set up the winch at an intermediate
cable vault. The required length of cable is pulled to that point, and brought out of the
cable vault and coiled into a figure eight. The figure eight is then turned over to gain
access to the free cable end which can then be reinserted into the duct system for
installation into the next section.
Installation shall involve the placement of the fiber optic cables in a specified innerduct or
conduit as defined in the Plans. The Contractor shall ensure that innerducts are secured to
prevent movement during the cable installation.
Prior to pulling fiber optic cables through existing conduits, the Contractor shall verify that
the conduits are clear of any debris and that the conduits have enough room to
accommodate the new fiber and any existing conductors (where present and not specified
for removal). Where noted on the Plans, the Contractor shall remove the existing copper
interconnect cable prior to installing the new fiber optic cable.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-47
The pulling eye/sheath termination hardware on the fiber optic cables shall not be pulled
over any sheaves.
When power equipment is used to install the fiber optic cables, it must be designed to be
used with fiber optic cable. Low speeds shall be used, not to exceed 100 feet per minute.
The equipment must show the rate of pull, tension and automatically shut down if any cable
pulling parameters are exceeded. The tensile and bending limitation for fiber optic cables
shall not be exceeded under any circumstances. The use of large diameter wheels, pulling
sheaves, and cable guides shall be used to maintain the appropriate bending radius.
Tension monitoring shall be accomplished using commercial dynamometers or load-cell
instruments.
8-31.2(4) Fiber Optic Cable Splicing
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
This section describes minimum requirements for splicing and connecting of the specified
fiber optic cables. Field splices for mainline to lateral cables and for end-to-end mainline
cables shall be located as shown in the Plans. No additional splices shall be allowed
without the approval of the Engineer
All fusion splicing equipment shall be in good working order, properly calibrated, and meet
all industry standards and safety regulations. Cable preparation, closure installation, and
splicing shall be accomplished in accordance with accepted and approved industry
standards.
Upon completion of the splicing operation, all waste material shall be deposited in suitable
containers, removed from the job-site, and disposed of in an environmentally acceptable
manner.
The Contractor shall use the fusion method with local injection and detection for all fiber
optic splicing.
The average splice loss of each fiber shall be 0.10 dB or less. The average splice loss is
defined as the summation of the attenuation as measured in both directions through the
fusion splice, divided in half.
No individual splice loss measured in a single direction shall exceed 0.15 dB.
The Contractor shall seal all cables where the cable jacket is removed. The cable shall be
sealed per the cable manufacturer’s recommendation with an approved blocking material.
All below ground splices shall be contained in re-enterable waterproof splice enclosures.
All splices shall be contained in splice trays utilizing strain relief, such as heat shrink wraps,
as recommended by the splice tray manufacturer.
Upon sealing the splice closure, the Contractor shall show that the closure maintains 100
psi of pressure for a 24-hour period.
At all fiber optic splice locations, the Contractor shall neatly coil and secure a slack loop of
fiber optic cable in a manner that is consistent with optical fiber specifications, including
minimum bend radius.
8-31.2(5) Fiber Optic Cable Labeling
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-48
Permanent cable labels shall be used to identify fibers and patch cords at each termination
point. The cable labels shall consist of white colored heat shrink wraps with identification
showing the cable segment, and the far end of the cable. T he cable shall be labeled with
non-fading permanent ink.
8-31.2(6) Fiber Optic Cable Racking in Cable Vaults
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
After the cables are installed and spliced, cables, and innerducts shall be racked with spare
conduits and innerducts sealed. Since there is substantial risk of damage to optical fibers
by careless handling of the cables, much care shall be exercised, especially with regard to
observing the minimum bending limitations. Cables shall be racked in vertical figure eight
loops, which shall permit pulling slack from the vault without introducing twist to the cable.
Lateral cables shall be placed behind the main cables when changing levels. Cables or
innerducts shall be secured in racked position with outdoor rated cable ties.
City of Auburn identification/warning tags shall be securely attached to the cables or
innerducts in at least two locations in each cable vault or pull box and once in every J-box
passed through. The Identification Tag shall be a custom orange label saying “COA Fiber
Optic Cable, If Damaged Call 911” and label origin and destination of the fiber identified.
All coiled cable shall be suitably protected to prevent damage to the cable and fibers.
Racking shall include securing cables or innerducts to brackets (racking hardware) that
extend from the side walls of the cable vault or pull box. The Contractor shall provide all
required brackets and other racking hardware required for the fiber optic cable racking
operations as specified. All racking hardware shall be stainless steel.
8-31.2(7) Fiber Optic Patch Panels
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
A fiber optic patch panel shall be installed in every signal controller cabinet where a new
fiber optic connection is shown in the Plans per Section 9-29.13 (Traffic Signal Controllers).
The patch panel shall be attached to Contractor supplied ¼-inch aluminum plate attached
to the signal side rails with spring nuts.
8-31.2(8) Fiber Optic Splice Case
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Splice enclosures shall be supplied and installed where shown the Plans that specify
installation of a new fiber optic connection in a Vault or Pull box per Section 9.29.3(1)A
(Singlemode FiberOptic Cable) (SCF).
The SCF splice closures shall be available in canister (butt) and in-line styles to fit most
applications. All end-caps feature two express ports for uncut feeder cables. QUICK-
SEAL™ Mechanical Seal drop ports shall be utilized because they allow for rapid and easy
installation during initial build or future expansions.
The Splice Closure Housing shall be non-metallic. It shall be resistant to solvents, stress
cracking and creep. The housing materials shall also be compatible with chemicals and
other materials to which they might be exposed in normal applications. The optical fiber
closure shall be capable of accepting any optical fiber cable commonly used in interoffice,
outside plant and building entrance facilities. As an option, the ability to double the cable
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-49
capacity of an installed canister splice closure by use of a kit shall be available. Such a
conversion shall not disturb existing cables or splices.
Encapsulation shall not be required to resist water penetration. The splice closure shall be
re-enterable. The closure end-cap shall be capable of accepting additional cables without
removal of the sheath retention or strength-member-clamping hardware on previously
installed cables or disturbing existing splices. The optical fiber splice closure shall provide a
clamping mechanism to prevent pistoning of the central member or strength members and
to prevent cable sheath slip or pullout. The splice closure shall have appropriate hardware
and installation procedures to facilitate the bonding and grounding of metal components in
the closure and the armored cable sheath. The cable bonding hardware shall be able to
accommodate a copper conductor equivalent to or larger than 6 AWG.
8-31.3 Fiber Optic Cable Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall provide certified documentation or test results that demonstrate that all
fiber optic cables meet the specified optical and mechanical performance criteria before
and after installation.
Upon completion of the fiber optic cable installation (and splicing) the Contractor shall
perform testing specified herein. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a
minimum of 7 calendar days prior notice of the start of testing. The installed optical fiber
cable shall comply with the transmission requirements of this specification, the cable and
hardware manufacturer’s specifications, and prescribed industry standards and practices.
All backbone and horizontal cabling, which is terminated by the contractor, shall be tested
to applicable EIA/TIA Standards.
Upon completion of the tests all fiber optic cable coils shall be secured with ends capped to
prevent intrusion of dirt and water.
8-31.3(1) Insertion Loss Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Insertion loss testing shall be used to measure end-to-end attenuation on each new fiber
installed between a field device and the City control facility.
The insertion loss for each mated fiber optic connector pair shall be 0.75 dB
Reflectance for single-mode single fiber UPC cable assemblies shall be -55 dB Mated
connector pair loss testing shall be based on one unidirectional optical time domain
reflectometer (OTDR) inspection in accordance with the OTDR operating manual for
systems greater than 300 feet.
In addition to connector insertion loss for each mated pair, the contractor shall perform end-
to-end insertion loss testing for each multimode fiber at 850 nm and 1300 nm from one
direction for each terminated fiber span in accordance with EIA/TIA-526-14A (OFSTP 14)
and single-mode fibers at 1310 nm and 1550 nm from one direction for each terminated
fiber span in accordance with TIA/EIA-526-7 (OFSTP 7). For spans greater than 300 feet,
each tested span must test to a value less than or equal to the value determined by
calculating a link loss budget. For horizontal spans less than or equal to 300 feet, each
tested span must be < 2.0 dB.
The Contractor shall inspect each terminated multimode fiber span for continuity and
anomalies with an OTDR at 1300 nm from one direction in accordance with the OTDR
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-50
operating manual for systems greater than 300 feet. The Contractor shall inspect each
terminated single-mode fiber span for continuity and anomalies with an OTDR at 1550 nm
from one direction in accordance with OTDR operating manual for systems greater than
300 feet.
Prior to commencing testing, the Contractor shall submit the manufacturer and model
number of the test equipment along with certification that it has been calibrated within 6
months of the proposed test dates.
The following information shall be documented for each fiber test measurement:
Wavelength
Fiber type
Cable, tube and fiber IDs
Near end and far end test locations
End-to-End Insertion Loss Data
Individual Splice Loss Data
Date, time, and operator
8-31.3(2) Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (Otdr) Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
A recording optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) shall be utilized to test for end-to-
end continuity and attenuation of each optical fiber. The OTDR shall be equipped with a
1,310 nm and 1,550 nm light source for single-mode optical fibers. The OTDR shall have
an X-Y plotter to provide a hard copy record of each test measurement.
The OTDR shall be equipped with sufficient internal masking to allow the entire cable
section to be tested. This may be achieved by using an optical fiber pigtail of sufficient
length to display the required cable section, or by using an OTDR with sufficient
normalization to display the required cable section. A hard copy X-Y plot shall be provided
for all fiber optic attenuation tests.
Prior to commencing testing, the Contractor shall submit t he manufacturer and model
number of the OTDR test unit along with certification that it has been calibrated within 6
months of the proposed test dates.
Each new mainline and lateral fiber shall be tested in both directions at the 1310 and 1550
nanometer wavelengths. Existing mainline and lateral fibers that are spliced to or re-spliced
as part of this contract shall also be tested in both directions and at both wavelengths.
Splices to existing fibers shall also be measured and recorded.
The following information shall be documented for each fiber test measurement:
X-Y plot scaled for fiber length
Wavelength
Refraction index
Fiber type
Averaging time
Pulse width
Cable and fiber IDs
Near end and far end test locations
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-51
Date, time, and operator
Event table that includes: event ID, type, location, loss, and reflection.
8-31.3(3) Fiber Cable Testing Documentation
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall submit the fiber test results to the Engineer for approval per Section 1-
06.7 (Submittals). 1 licensed copy if the OTDR manufacturers software shall be provided
to the City of Auburn at the time the fiber test results are provided, for viewing and printing
the OTDR results. The Contractor shall take corrective actions on portions of the fiber
installation determined to be out of compliance with these specifications.
The following information shall be included in each test result submittal:
1. Contract number, contract name, contractor name and address.
2. Dates of cable manufacture, installation, and testing.
3. Manufacturer’s test results of the cable as shipped.
4. Location of all splices.
5. OTDR test results.
6. End-to-End Insertion Loss Data.
7. Individual Splice Loss Data.
8. Connector Insertion Loss Data
9. “As Installed” Diagram
Supplement Division 8 with the following:
8-32 Bollards
8-32.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
This work consists of building, furnishing, and installing bollards where shown on the Plans
and as detailed in the Standard Detail(s).
8-32.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Timber and Lumber Section 6-04 (Timber Structures) and 9-09
(Timber and Lumber)
Structural Steel and Related Material Section 9-06 (Structural Steel and Related
Materials)
END OF DIVISION 8
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-1
Division 9 Materials
9-02 Bituminous Materials
9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The second paragraph is revised to read:
The Asphalt Supplier of Performance Graded (PG) asphalt binder and emulsified
asphalt shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 2
“Standard Practice for Asphalt Suppliers That Certify Performance Graded and
Emulsified Asphalts”. The Asphalt Supplier’s QCP shall be submitted and receive the
acceptance of the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any change to
the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. The Asphalt Supplier
of PG asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall certify through the Bill of Lading that
the PG asphalt binder or emulsified asphalt meets the Specification requirements of
the Contract.
9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB)
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section’s title is revised to read:
Performance Graded (PG) Asphalt Binder
The first paragraph is revised to read:
PG asphalt binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 of the grades
specified in the Contract shall be used in the production of HMA. For HMA with greater
than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA, or any amount of RAS, the new asphalt
binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) when blended in the
proportions of the mix design shall meet the PG asphalt binder requirements of
AASHTO M 332 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract.
The second paragraph, including the table, is revised to read:
In addition to AASHTO M 332 Table 1 specification requirements, PG asphalt binders
shall meet the following requirements:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-2
Additional Requirements by
Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Binders
Property Test
Method PG58H-22 PG58V-22 PG64H-28 PG64V-28
RTFO
Residue:
Average
Percent
Recovery
@ 3.2 kPa
AASHTO T
3501 30% Min. 25% Min. 30% Min.
1Specimen conditioned in accordance with AASHTO T 240 – RTFO.
The third paragraph is revised to read:
The RTFO Jnrdiff and the PAV direct tension specifications of AASHTO M 332 are not
required.
9-02.1(6) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 208 Table 1 of
the grades specified in the Contract shall be used.
9-02.5 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Additive
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section, including title, is revised to read:
9-02.5 HMA Additive
Additives for HMA shall be approved by the Engineer.
9-03 Aggregates
9-03.1(1) General Requirements
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read:
Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete shall meet the following test requirements:
9-03.1(5)B Grading
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-3
In the last paragraph, “WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11” is revised to read
“FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11”.
9-03.4(1) General Requirements
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read:
Aggregate for bituminous surface treatment shall be manufactured from ledge rock,
talus, or gravel, in accordance with Section 3-01. Aggregates for Bituminous Surface
Treatment shall meet the following test requirements:
9-03.8(1) General Requirements
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read:
Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt shall meet the following test requirements:
9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the table in item number 1, the fifth row is revised to read:
Asphalt binder -0.4% to 0.5% 0.7%
In the table in item number 1, the following new row is inserted before the last row:
Voids in Mineral
Aggregate, VMA
-1.5%
9-03.9(1) Ballast
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read:
Aggregates for ballast shall meet the following test requirements:
9-04 Joint and Crack Sealing Materials
9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In this section, each reference to “AASHTO T 42” is revised to read “ASTM D 545”.
9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-4
This section is supplemented with the following:
Hot poured sealant for cement concrete pavement is acceptable for installations in
joints where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement.
9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is supplemented with the following:
Hot poured sealant for bituminous pavement is acceptable for installations in joints
where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement.
9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts
9-05.7(1) Plain Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
(January 2017 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Concrete storm drainpipe shall conform to ASTM C14 Class 3.
9-05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Reinforced concrete storm drainpipe shall conform to ASTM C76, Class IV.
9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
9-05.12(1) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid Wall PVC Storm
Pipe, And Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph to the following:
Solid wall PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034 for the class or SDR of
pipe specified.
9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Delete the first sentence of the last paragraph and replace it with the following:
All fittings shall be ductile. All joints including fittings shall be push-on rubber gasket joints.
Mechanical joints shall not be used.
9-06 Structural Steel and Related Materials
9-06.5 Bolts
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-5
This section’s title is revised to read:
Bolts and Rods
9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section, including title, is revised to read:
9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts and Anchor Rods
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
Anchor bolts and anchor rods shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1554 and, unless
otherwise specified, shall be Grade 105 and shall conform to Supplemental
Requirements S2, S3, and S4.
Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 black anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to
ASTM A563, Grade D or DH. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 galvanized anchor
bolts and anchor rods shall conform to either ASTM A563, Grade DH, or AASHTO
M292, Grade 2H, and shall conform to the overtapping, lubrication, and rotational
testing requirements in Section 9-06.5(3). Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 36 or 55 black
or galvanized anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade A or
DH. Washers shall conform to ASTM F436.
The bolts and rods shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with the
requirements of the pertinent Specification and as specified in these Specifications.
Anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers shall be inspected prior to shipping to
the project site. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for the anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and
washers, as defined in Section 1-06.3. If the Engineer deems it appropriate, the
Contractor shall provide a sample of the anchor bolt, anchor rod, nut, and washer for
testing.
All bolts, rods, nuts, and washers shall be marked and identified as required in the
pertinent Specification.
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting
9-14.1 Soil
9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The topsoil shall be a loamy sandy loam textural class as determined by the U.S.
Department of Agriculture Classification System, free from materials toxic to plant growth,
noxious weed seeds, rhizomes, roots, subsoil, and debris. The contractor shall furnish
sufficient quantities of topsoil for placement in all seeding areas (4 inch depth topsoil) and
planting areas (6 inch depth topsoil) and for tree and shrub planting soil requirements, plus
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-6
a reserve quantity for restoring additional areas outside designated planting and seeding
areas that are disturbed by the Contractor’s activities.
9-14.1(3) Topsoil Type C
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Small tree/brush stumps and roots shall be removed and topsoil shall contain no more than
two percent (2%) aggregate by weight remaining on a ½ inch sieve.
9-14.4 Mulch and Amendments
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Specific topsoil amendment and fertilizer specification for the plant types specified on the
Plans shall be as per a certified soils laboratory recommendations from, representative
topsoil samples furnished by the Contractor to the approved Soils Laboratory.
9-14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit sample of the bark or wood chips for approval before delivery
to the job site. Bark shall be free from weed seeds, sawdust and splinters, and shall not
contain wood fiber or other compounds detrimental to plant life. Source shall be from
freshwater mill.
9-14.5(1) Polyacrylamide (PAM)
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
PAM will only be used upon approval of the Engineer.
9-14.6 Plant Materials
9-14.6(4) Tagging
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
All plant material except groundcover shall be legibly tagged. T agging may be by species
or variety with minimum of one tag per 10 trees or shrubs.
9-14.6(5) Inspection
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Samples may be submitted to the Engineer for approval as to size, grade, and overall
specifications.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-7
9-15 Irrigation System
9-15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The triple-swing joint assembly shall be constructed as detailed with Schedule 80 PVC
nipples and “Marlex” street ells as manufactured by “LASCO Fluid Distribution Products” or
approved equivalent.
9-15.3 Automatic Controllers
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Controller shall be Weathermatic Valcon SL Series Controller with Remote Control
Technology “FLM” Series Connector installed at controller for remote control operation from
the City of Auburn central control station.
The automatic controller electrical enclosure shall be a Metered Cold Rolled Steel Vandal
Resistant enclosure #SB-24CR/120V with CSA controller subassembly. Enclosure shall be
installed on a concrete base and shall be prime-coated and painted with baked enamel
finish; dark green color as selected by the Engineer as manufactured by “V.I.T. Product,
Inc.” or approved equivalent.
9-15.5 Valve Boxes
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Install a gravel sump at the bottom of each valve box.
The automatic control boxes shall be Model No. 1320 valve box with locking cover, and
extensions as required as manufactured by “Carson Industries, Inc.” or approved
equivalent.
9-15.6 Gate Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The gate valve boxes shall be 5 and ¼ inch Roadway Valve Box #111129-03 with cast iron
“Water” cover #111026 as manufactured by “Ametek” or approved equivalent.
9-15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Automatic control valves shall be Weathermatic 8200CR brass valves capable of
communicating with the controller. Size as noted on drawing.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-8
9-15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The quick coupler valves shall be Buckner QB5LRC10 quick coupling valves with RC25001
valve keys or approved equivalent. Quick coupler valves shall be installed at the point of
connection at the end of the main line, and at each cluster of automatic control valves.
The quick coupling valve boxes shall be Model 910-12B 10 inch Round Valve Box with
locking green top extensions as manufactured by “Carson Industries, Inc.” or approved
equivalent.
9-15.9 Drain Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Drain valves shall be 1 inch diameter.
The drain valve box shall be 5 and ¼ inch Roadway Valve Box #111129-03 with cast iron
“Water” cover #111026 as manufactured by “Amtek” or approved equivalent.
9-15.11 Cross Connection Control Devices
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Double check valve assembly shall be a Febco 805Y or approved equivalent sized to
match the irrigation meter size.
The Double-Check Valve Backflow Assembly Vault for ¾ inch to 2 inch assemblies shall be
a Carson molded box, or approved equivalent, and for assemblies larger than 2 inch a No.
25-TA Concrete Vault with Locking Metal Cover as manufactured by PIPE, Incorporated or
approved equivalent.
9-15.17 Electrical Wire and Splices
(January 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Electrical wire shall be #14 UF wire. Utilize direct bury underground splice kits. Do not
splice or connect wires outside of valve boxes. Coil 3 feet length of wire at each
connection.
Provide 4 extra valve wires (yellow) routed from the controller through each valve box to
the farthest valve.
9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Detectable marking tape shall be 3-inch wide detectable tape on main lines only.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-9
9-21 Raised Pavement Markers (RPM)
9-21.2 Raised Pavement Markers Type 2
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section’s content is deleted.
9-21.2(1) Physical Properties
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section, including title, is revised to read:
9-21.2(1) Standard Raised Pavement Markers Type 2
The marker housing shall contain reflective faces as shown in the Plans to reflect
incident light from either a single or opposite directions and meet the requirements of
ASTM D 4280 including Flexural strength requirements.
9-21.2(2) Optical Requirements
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section, including title, is revised to read:
9-21.2(2) Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2
Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 shall comply with Section 9-21.2(1) and
meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 with the following additional requirement: The
coefficient of luminous intensity of the markers shall be measured after subjecting the
entire lens surface to the test described in ASTM D 4280 Section 9.5 using a sand
drop apparatus. After the exposure described above, retroreflected values shall not be
less than 0.5 times a nominal unblemished sample.
9-21.2(3) Strength Requirements
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is deleted in its entirety.
9-28 Signing Materials and Fabrication
9-28.11 Hardware
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The last paragraph is revised to read:
All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M111. Steel bolts and
related connecting hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM F 2329.
9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-10
Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to
Section 9-06.5(4), including Supplemental Requirement S4 tested at -20°F.
In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM
F 2329”.
The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read:
Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a
controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent.
The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read:
If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working
Drawing of the proposed modifications.
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, Outduct
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Traffic Signal, ITS, and Street light conduit shall be Schedule 80 PVC-ASTM D1785 and as
shown on the Plans.
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection:
9-29.1(10) Pull Tape
Pull tape shall be pre-lubricated polyester pulling tape. The pull tape shall have a
minimum width of ½-inch and a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds. Pull tape may
have measurement marks.
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All junction boxes shall have a galvanized frames and lids with a slip-resistant coating and
bonding screws. Both the slip-resistant lid and slip-resistant frame shall be treated with
either Mebac#1 as manufactured by Harsco Industrial IKG, or SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse as
manufactured by W.S. Molnar Co. Where the exposed portion of the frame is ½ inch wide
or less the slip-resistant treatment may be omitted on that portion of the frame. The slip-
resistant lid shall be identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type
of surface treatment (“M1” for Mebac#1; or “S3” for SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse) and the year
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-11
manufactured. The permanent marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed with a
stainless steel weld bead.
9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the table in the last paragraph, the fourth, fifth and sixth rows are revised to read:
Slip Resistant Lid ASTM A36 steel
Frame ASTM A36 steel
Slip Resistant Frame ASTM A36 steel
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Illumination
Wire conductors for underground feeder runs and for circuitry from the in-line fuse in the
poles to the junction box shall be 600 volts (minimum rated at 75 degree C) # 8 AWG single
conductor stranded-copper, U.S.E. insulated, in accordance with the Insulated Power
Cable Engineer's Association Specifications. SPEC 2150.
Wire conductors inside the pole from the ballast to the in-line fuse, shall be 600 volt, pole
and bracket cable, 2 conductor, stranded-copper No. 10, Type HMW grade or better.
Conductor insulation shall consist of a 45-mil polyvinyl chloride with a 95-mil polyethylene
jacket.
Single conductors for street lighting shall be stranded copper with insulation conforming to
USE 600 volt minimum rated at 75 degree C and shall be color-coded in a consistent
manner throughout the project.
A three-wire electrical service shall be used at 120/240 volts. The contractor shall have the
service inspected by the Department of Labor and Industry and coordinated with the Power
Company to have the service installed.
Overhead electrical service, when allowed, shall be brought to the load center through a
conduit riser with a weather head on the service pole.
Traffic Signals
1. Loop Lead-In Cable shall be #14 AWG and Pedestrian Push Button cable
shall be, #14 AWG, two conductor stranded copper, twisted approximately
two turns per foot. The conductors shall be covered with a foil shield and
protected with an outer jacket. The cable shall conform to IMSA Spec. No.
50-2.
2. Detector Loop Wire (sawcut) shall be No. 14 AWG class B stranded copper
wire with cross-linked polyethylene type USE insulation and conform to
IMSA Spec. 51-3.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-12
3. The detector lead-in cable for Emergency Vehicle Preemption (EVP) shall be
3M OPTICOM Model 138 shielded detector cable or approved equivalent. No
splicing will be allowed between the detector and the controller cabinet.
4. Signal Interconnect Cable shall be copper or fiber as shown in the Plans. For
Copper the traffic signal interconnect system shall conform to REA Spec. PE-38
(self-supporting combination signal cable and messenger cable) or PE-39 for
underground. The signal cable shall consist of 12 pair No. 19 AWG conductors.
For fiber optic cable, the cable shall be single mode all dielectric gel free loose tube
single mode fiber optic with a minimum of 48 count.
5. Traffic Video Detection Camera Cable shall be a parallel construction of one
PVC-jacketed RG 59/U (Coaxial) and one PVC-jacketed five conductor (Power) 18
AWG cable under an oval black flame retardant polyvinyl chloride jacket meeting
the requirements of the video detection system manufacturer’s recommendations.
Video camera cable shall meet the following requirements, or approved equivalent meeting
the requirements of the video detection system manufacturer’s recommendations:
RG 59/U (Coaxial)
Conductor: 20 AWG solid bare copper 0.032.
Dielectric: 0.054 wall of gas injected foamed polyethelene to
0.140 nom.
Braid: 36 AWG bare copper with 95% coverage. Pull in
aluminum/polyester tape under braid.
Jacket: 0.035 wall black 75 degrees C polyvinyl chloride to
0.232 nom.
18 AWG Cable (Power)
Conductor: 5-18 AWG bare copper 0.048.
Insulation: 0.012 wall polyvinyl chloride per the color code to
0.072 nom.
Cabling: Five 18 AWG conductors cabled together in a 3¼ left hand
lay to a nom. diameter of 0.194.
Jacket: 0.025 wall black 75 degrees C polyvinyl chloride to
0.244 nom.
Color Code: White, Red, Black, Brown, Blue.
Rating: Multi-conductor leg is rated at 600V.
9-29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All fiber optic cable shall be ALTOS All-Dielectric Gel Free Cables by Corning, or approved
equivalent, per the following schedule:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-13
Fiber Count Nominal Cable Weight Minimum Installed Bend Radius
(Ib/1000ft) (in)
12 49 4.1
48 49 4.1
288 131 7.2
All optical fibers shall be identifiable by standard color codes as defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-
598.
Fiber optic cable shall be tested according to Section 8-31.3 (Fiber Optic Cable Testing).
Splice cases shall be Corning, Tyco or approved equivalent.
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the first sentence of the third paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F
2329”.
Item number 2 of the last paragraph is revised to read:
2. The steel light and signal standard fabricator’s shop drawing submittal, including
supporting design calculations, submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing in
accordance with Section 8-20.2(1) and the Special Provisions.
9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the second paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F 2329”.
The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read:
Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of
either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent.
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(1)A Lighting & Signal Standards & Davit Arms
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Lighting Standards
Lighting standards shall be aluminum, davit-style units in accordance with Section 9-29.6
(Light and Signal Standard) of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
Mounting heights for light fixtures shall be as noted on the Plans.
Lighting standards shall have 2 through-bolts where the davit arm intersects the pole in
accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details. All poles to be furnished
shall maintain a minimum safety factor of 4.28 on yield strength of weight load and 2.33 for
basic wind pressure. All materials shall be natural polished aluminum color.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-14
A grounding nut or provision in the handhole frame for accommodating a threaded bolt for
the purpose of attaching a grounding connector shall be provided on the inside of the shaft.
After fabrication, the handhole shall have the mechanical strength of not less than the
temper of the material utilized for the manufacturer of the pole.
All bolts, nuts, screws, and washers, but not including anchor bolts and unless otherwise
specifically designated herein, shall be stainless steel. Handhole bolts shall be tamperproof
heads.
VMS Support Structure
VMS Support structure shall meet the above stated criteria for traffic signal standards and
the dimensions and details included in the plans.
The following loads shall be used for design of the VMS sign pole and mast arm structure:
dead loads shall consist of the weight of the sign times a safety factor of two; wind loads
shall be taken as 30 PSF for the sign and 24 PSF for the supporting structure and,
(including the effect of gust and shape factors), on the greatest area of signs and structure
in any elevation view; live load may be omitted.
Signal Standard
A signal standard shall consist of the following components: a round tapered steel vertical
pole shaft, a round tapered horizontal mast arm, a davit style luminaire arm attachment,
anchor bolts with nuts, washers and all associated hardware.
The pole shaft and signal mast arm shall not vary in roundness more than 1/16 inch in
straight sections.
Longitudinal seam welds shall have full penetration for not less than 60% of their full length.
Butt welds in the shafts shall have back-up rings and full penetration for 100% of the
circumference. All welds shall be deburred.
Materials, construction and assembly techniques shall be as specified on the Standard
Plans and as shown in the Plans. All materials shall be hot-dipped galvanized after
fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-123.
Design shall be in accordance with the requirements of the 2011AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals
and the values on the Detail Sheet as shown in the Plans. Sizes on the Detail Sheet as
shown in the Plans shall govern in differences between the Standard Plan and the Detail
Sheet as shown in the Plans.
The following loads shall be used: dead loads shall consist of the weight of the signals and
signs times a safety factor of two; wind loads shall be taken as 30 PSF for the signals and
signs and 24 PSF for the supporting structure, (including the effect of gust and shape
factors), on the greatest area of signals, signs and structure in any elevation view; live load
may be omitted.
Complete calculations for structural design shall be submitted with the shop drawings for
approval before fabrication or ordering material. These calculations shall include the
stresses in the pole and cantilever arms, the attachment of the signals and signs to the
structure, the connection between the cantilever arms and vertical pole, pole section at
handhole, base plate, anchor bolts and foundations.
Pole Shaft
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-15
The round tapered pole shaft shall be made of one-ply, hot-rolled basic open-hearth steel.
Structural steel having a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi or more shall be used for all
structural parts and shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-123.
A flange plate shall be attached to the vertical pole shaft for the purpose of mounting the
mast arm. The flange plate shall be supported by side plates tangent to the shaft and
gusset plates on top and bottom. A 3-inch wire way hole shall be provided (matching the
wire way hole in the mast arm flange plate). Four holes for mounting the mast arm shall be
drilled and tapped for high tensile bolts.
A 7” x 21” Internal Terminal Cabinet shall be constructed integral to the pole with a
stainless steel hinged door and a best slam lock. It shall be no lower than 4 ft 6” from the
ground.A 4-inch x 6½ inch reinforced hand hole frame and rain-tight cover with tamper
resistant screws shall be provided. The frame shall be welded into the shaft 18 inch above
the base plate on the opposite side of the mast arm attachment. A grounding nut or
provision for accommodating a threaded bolt or stud shall be provided in the frame.
A second hand hole shall be provided and welded into the shaft directly opposite the mast
arm mounting plate. A J-hook wire support shall be provided inside the pole shaft between
the frame and mast arm mounting plate.
Vehicle Signal Mast Arm
The vehicle signal mast arm shall be sized as shown on the Plans.
End caps shall be supplied and be weather tight and all unused tenons or holes shall be
plugged and sealed.
A mast arm flange plate matching the pole shaft flange plate shall be welded to the mast
arm base segment. The flange plate shall have a hole cut in the center equal to the outside
diameter of the mast arm base.
The flange plate shall be welded to the mast arm by two continuous arc welds, one on the
outside and the other on the inside. The outside weld shall be on top face of the flange
plate. The inside weld shall be in the gap between the bottom face of the mast arm and the
inside face of the flange hole.
Four holes for high tensile bolts shall be drilled in the flange plate matching the four tapped
holes in the pole shaft mast arm mounting flange plate.
For the purpose of mounting the traffic signal displays, 2 inch couplings shall be welded to
the mast arm extension segment at the locations specified on the Detail Sheet as shown in
the Plans. A ½ inch diameter hole shall be drilled in each coupling to allow for the thru-bolt.
Signal Pole Anchor Base
Four holes sized to receive the anchor bolts shall be drilled in the base. Slotted holes ¼
inch larger than the anchor bolt shall be permitted. Minimum bolt circle pattern shall be as
specified in the Plans.
Four high-strength anchor bolts A307 shall be furnished with each pole. Each anchor bolt
shall have an “L” bend at the bottom end or multiple anchor plates per the manufacturers
recommendation, and shall have 7-inch minimum thread on top. Anchor bolt dimensions
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-16
shall be per Detail Sheet as shown in the Plans or per Manufacturer's recommendations
whichever is larger. All anchor bolts shall be furnished with 2 heavy hex nuts, two standard
washers, bolt covers and provisions for mounting with stainless steel screws. Threaded
ends of bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM
A-123. The anchor bolts shall be capable of resisting at yield strength stress the bending
moment of this shaft at its yield strength stress.
Luminaire Attachment
Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans all traffic signal poles shall be equipped with davit
style luminaire arms as shown in the Plans. The davit style arm shall be secured to the top
of the pole shaft using a cone reducer providing a flush, smooth transition. From the cone
reducer the luminaire shaft shall be continuously tapered at the same rate as the pole shaft
while incorporating a 5-foot, 9-inch radius bend at the end. A pipe tenon of the diameter
and length specified for the luminaire shall be provided in the end of the davit arm. The
tenon shall be two degrees above level.
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(1)B Wrapping
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
The aluminum pole shaft and bracket arm assembly shall be entirely wrapped with a
heavy, water-resistant paper for protection during shipment. Any marks or stain resulting
from wrapping materials shall be cause for rejection. Scratching, marking, denting, or other
damage to poles and fittings at the point of delivery shall also be cause for rejection.
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(2)A Anchor Bases
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
A one-piece anchor base of adequate strength, shape, and size shall be secured to the
lower end of the shaft so that the base shall be capable of resisting the bending movement
of the shaft at its yield-strength stress. The base shall be provided with 4 slotted or round
holes to receive the anchor bolts. Bolt covers shall be provided with each pole. Base
plates for Type II signal poles shall not exceed 18 ½ inches square.
9-29.6(4) Welding
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All welds shall be deburred.
9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the last paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F 2329”.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-17
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Four high-strength steel anchor bolts shall be furnished with the poles. Each anchor bolt
shall have an “L” bend at the bottom end and threaded at the top end. Threaded ends and
all nuts and washers shall be hot-dipped galvanized. The anchor bolts shall be capable of
resisting at yield-strength stress the bending movement of the shaft at its yield-strength
stress.
9-29.7 Luminaire Fusing & Electrical Connections at Light
Standard Bases, Cantilever Bases and Sign Bridge
Bases
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Fuses shall be Bussmann Slow Blow or approved equivalent.
Fuse connector kits shall be SEC Model 1791-SF (2 each) or approved equivalent.
Connector kits to connect luminaires to the system in the junction box shall be SEC Model
1791-DP, or approved equivalent.
9-29.9 Ballast, Transformers
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The luminaire shall contain an integral high-power factor-regulator ballast suitable for 240-
volt operation with a 10% voltage variation. The ballast shall be prewired to the lamp
socket and terminal board, requiring only connection of the power supply leads to the
terminal board.
9-29.10 Luminaires
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The LED Street Light Shall meet the following specifications;
Housing
Luminaire housing shall be die cast aluminum with integral cooling fins universal four-bolt
slip fitter for mounting to 11/4 ” to 2” (15/8” to 23/8” O.D.) diameter mast arm. Housing must
be similar shape to traditional cobra head. Housing meets ANSI C136.31-2001 and
CalTrans 611 vibration standards. Conductors from power supply to terminal block and
LED board must be spliced with quick style electrical disconnects Photocontrol receptacle
is standard for ANSI C136.41-2013, 7-pin, photocell by others. Fixture must be capable of
using either a 3-pin or 7-pin photocell with field adjustable drive current. Photocontrol shall
be rotatable without tools. Housing shall have a leveling bubble for adjusting the head.
Light Emitting Diodes
Hi-flux/Hi-power white LEDs shall produce a minimum of 90% of initial intensity at 100,000
hours of life at 700mA, TM-21 Calculator required. LEDs shall be tested in accordance with
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-18
IESNA LM-80 testing procedures. They shall have a mean correlated color temperature of
4000K (standard) ± 300K and a minimum CRI >70.
Optical Systems
Micro-lens optical systems shall produce IESNA Type 2, and 3 distributions. Fixture shall
not use acrylic or plastic secondary exterior lens over the LEDs. Emitters shall be of single
LED per die design. Luminaire shall be classified as “full-cutoff” and produce 0% total
lumens above 90⁰ with a BUG rating of U-0.
Electrical
The Driver shall be dimmable. The power supply shall have a minimum power factor of .90
and <20% Total Harmonic Distortion (THD). Power supply drive current shall be field
adjustable without tools.
Finish
Housing shall receive a fade and abrasion resistant, epoxy polyester powder coat light gray
finish standard.
Accessories
Optional flush mounted house side and cul-de-sac shield shall be available. The house side
shield cuts off light at ½ mounting height behind the luminaire and the cul-de-sac shield
cuts light off ½ mounting height behind and 1 ½ mounting height on either side of the pole.
Both shields must be factory or field installable without the use of tools.
Listings/Ratings/Warranties
Luminaires shall be UL listed for use in wet locations in the United States and Canada.
Optical systems shall maintain an IP66 rating. Ten-year limited warranty is required for all
components. All units are listed by Design Lights Consortium (DLC).
Photometry
All luminaires shall be photometrically tested by certified independent testing laboratories in
accordance with IESNA LM-79 testing procedures.
Warranty
All luminaires shall have a Ten-year manufacturer’s product warranty to be free of defects
in workmanship and/or material. This warranty includes all electrical and mechanical
components including finish and gaskets. Failure of over 10% of the LEDs in the luminaire
during the warranty period will constitute a luminaire “failure”. Manufacturer will repair or
replace any units found to be defective or that fail within this period.
Prior Approval
Fixtures submitted as an equal must be submitted for review no later than 10 working days
prior the advertised bid date. Samples required at manufacturer cost. All samples must be
working and accompanied with manufacture cut sheet, installation guide, IES files and
photom53etric layouts per the City of Auburn Table 10-6 requirements.
Manufacturer must have resume of at least three US customers with over 10,000 fixtures of
manufacturer’s LED street lights installed.
All LED Roadway luminaires supplied to the project shall be of the same manufacturer and
model line and shall be per the City of Auburn Street Lighting Lamp Schedule shown in the
Plans.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-19
9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The photoelectric control shall be SST-IES or approved equivalent.
9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Underground illumination circuit splices shall be solderless crimped connections
capable of securely joining the wires, both mechanically and electrically, as defined in
Section 8-20.3(8). Aerial illumination splices shall be solderless crimp connectors or
split bolt vice-type connectors.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Approved copper splice “C” crimp connectors shall be used to connect bonding wires.
9-29.12(1)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is deleted in its entirety.
9-29.12(1)B Molded Splice Enclosure
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is deleted in its entirety.
9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
This section is revised to read:
Induction loop splices and magnetometer splices shall use an uninsulated barrel-type
crimped connector capable of being soldered.
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Loop lead-in wires shall be spliced at the junction box; with a waterproof splice leaving 10
feet each of loop wire and loop lead-in cable for future work. The connection shall be made
using compression sleeves sealed with black 50-mm wide, ethylene propylene rubber
mastic tape.
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-20
9-29.12(3) Splice Enclosures
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
9-29.12(3)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure
Heat shrink splice enclosures shall be medium or heavy wall cross-linked
polyolefin, meeting the requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15, with thermoplastic
adhesive sealant. Heat shrink splices used for “wye” connections require rubber
electrical mastic tape.
9-29.12(3)B Molded Splice Enclosure
Molded splice enclosures shall use epoxy resin in a clear rigid plastic mold. The
material used shall be compatible with the insulation material of the insulated
conductor or cable. The component materials of the resin insulation shall be
packaged ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package.
Add the following new section:
9-29.12(4) Re-Enterable Splice Enclosure
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
Re-enterable splice enclosures shall use either dielectric grease or a flexible resin
contained in a two-piece plastic mold. The mold shall either snap together or use
stainless steel hose clamps.
Add the following new section:
9-29.12(5) Vinyl Electrical Tape for Splices
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
Vinyl electrical tape in splicing applications shall meet the requirements of MIL-I-
24391C.
Add the following new section:
9-29.12(6) Sealants
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Loop detector sealant specifically manufactured for loop wire shall be used to imbed the
loop wire into the pavement and fill the sawcut to within 1/16 inch of the top of the
pavement. Sealant shall completely cover the foam backer rod.
Loop Sealant shall be:
1. Crafco Loop Detector Sealant 271;
2. Max Cutter Seal No. 3;
3. 3M Black 5000; or
4. Engineer approved equivalent.
Installation shall conform to the manufacturer recommendations.
9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-21
The entire controller cabinet, complete with all auxiliary equipment, shall be delivered to the
City of Auburn Maintenance & Operation facility, located at 1305 C Street SW, for testing in
the Traffic Signal Shop. The period of testing shall be for a minimum of 2 weeks in duration
and is intended to demonstrate the operation of all equipment. Any deficiencies or
equipment failures discovered shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his expense.
In the event that it is not possible for the City and the Contractor to agree on the cause of a
malfunction, the City's decision shall be binding.
The successful completion of the performance test will constitute acceptance of the
equipment by the City.
9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
General
The traffic signal controller shall be the Cobalt model by Econolite.
9-29.13(6) Emergency Preemption
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Emergency Preemption System equipment shall be compatible with the operational
requirements of the existing Opticom brand (3M Company) emitters, detectors, and phase
selectors owned by the City.
9-29.13(10) NEMA, Type 170E, 2070 Controllers and Cabinets
(October 2016, City of Auburn)
Section 9-29.13(10) including title is replaced with the following:
9-29.13(10) Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Unit
Controller cabinet furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be one of the following
types, as specified in the Plans:
Western Systems Modified P plus Cabinet Requirements
Western Systems controller cabinets shall be NEMA Type 2 TS-1 P style cabinet
per the City of Auburn approved Western Systems Part # 3012500000 with Alpha
BBS. The cabinet shall be fully loaded with BIU’s, MMU Smart Monitor, 16 detector
cards, load switches, and a GTT 3M 764 Opticom.
Econolite P 44 Cabinet Requirements
Econolite controller cabinets shall be NEMA Type 2 TS-1 P style cabinet per City of
Auburn approved Econolite part #166799B. The cabinet shall be fully loaded with
BIU’s, MMU SmartMonitor, 16 detector cards, load switches, and a GTT 3M 764
opticom.
The cabinet shall meet the following additional requirements:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-22
Wired and tested to the 2003 NEMA Traffic Controller Assemblies specification
with NTCIP Requirements Version 02.06 (as amended herein).
Equipped with all auxiliary equipment and plug-ins required to operate 8 vehicle
phases, 4 pedestrian phases and 4 overlap phases (NEMA TS-2, Type 1).
Designed for 16 channel operation where each load switch socket can be
configured for a vehicle phase, pedestrian phase or overlap operation. These
load switch sockets shall be configured in this manor without rewiring the back
side of the load-bay. BIU load switch drivers 1-16 shall be wired to appropriate
load switch sockets via a terminal block located on the front side of the load bay
so as to allow checking voltage inputs to the load switch sockets without
dropping the load bay.
Wired for up to a minimum of (32) channels of detection, (4) channels of
Opticom™ preemption.
The complete cabinet assembly with electronics shall undergo complete
input/output function testing by the manufacturer before being released to the
City of Auburn.
Field Terminal Labels
Field terminals shall be labeled with City of Auburn numbering as well as
manufacturers.
Device Labeling
Every module or device shall have affixed thereto; permanent nametags or
nameplates stating the component's function within the composite signal control
system. Specifically each loop detector unit shall be labeled, so as to indicate
the loop numbers connected to each channel. The front of the shelf where each
item is to be placed shall have a similar label so those items can be replaced
during maintenance in an expedient fashion.
Schematics, Software and Manuals
The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access
attached to the inside of the cabinet door. At the time of delivery, the envelope
shall have one complete set of schematics and manuals for each assembly and
subassembly located in the cabinet, and a complete wiring diagram for the
cabinet and the controller assembly. In addition, a duplicate copy of the above
shall be provided to the City of Auburn Traffic Engineering Section.
Fiber Optic Patch Panels
Where fiber optic connections are shown in the Plans, the fiber patch panel shall
be a pre-terminated Corning 12 port Single-Panel Housing (SPH-01P) with a 12
ct pigtail ordered to length or approved equivalent utilizing SC connectors.
9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing
(August 2016 City of Auburn)
Replace the first sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-23
Backplates shall be constructed of 5-inch-wide, .050-inch-thick corrosion-resistant flat black
finish, louvered aluminum, attached with stainless steel hardware.
9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads
(January 2017 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicle signal head housings shall be rigid mount type M.
9-29.16(2)A Optical Units
(April 2018 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
The LED’s shall have a 15 year manufacturer’s warranty. The LED shall be Dialight Light
Emitting Diode (LED). Part numbers for Dialight LEDs are as follows:
Size Description Part Number
12 inch RED Ball 433-1210-003XL15
12 inch AMBER Ball 433-3230-901XL15
12 inch GREEN Ball 433-2220-001XL15
12 inch RED Arrow 432-1314-001XOD15
12 inch AMBER Arrow 431-3334-901XOD15
12 inch GREEN Arrow 432-2374-001XOD15
12 inch GREEN/AMBER Arrow 430-6370-001
12 inch AMBER/AMBER
Flashing Arrow)
430-6370-805
9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
Traffic signal heads shall be finished with two coats of dark green (SAE AMS Standard
595) oven baked powder coating comprised of resins and pigments.
9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the first paragraph, item number 2 under Stainless Steel is revised to read:
2. Bands or cables for Type N mount.
9-29.18 Vehicle Detector
(January 2017 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicle detectors shall be 2 channel rack mount style and compliant with NEMA TS1 and
TS2 standards. They shall be capable of auto tuning and be able to withstand
temperatures ranging from minus 40 degrees to plus 80 degrees C. They shall have a
minimum of 15 sensitivity levels, 4 frequencies plus sequential scanning to avoid crosstalk,
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-24
and have pulse and short and long presence modes. They shall have separate detect and
fault LED’s on the front face.
9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons
(April 2018 City of Auburn)
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
The Pedestrian Push Button Assembly shall be an Advisor AGPS manufactured by H.D.
Campbell Company, 1486 NW 70th Street, Seattle, WA 98117 and shall be black in color
with a white button.
Specifics of voice programming shall be provided as part of the submittal review and
subject to the Engineer’s approval prior to submittal acceptance.
APS push button stations shall include a control module that the Contractor shall install in
corresponding pedestrian signal head and manufacturer-supplied multi-conductor
interconnect cable that the Contractor shall install per the manufacturer’s recommendations
between the control module and push button station.
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In item 2C of the second paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS
Standard 595”.
(January 2017 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Pedestrian signals shall be a LED, filled hand/walking person countdown display.
The maximum overall dimensions of the signal shall be 19 inch wide by 18¾ inch high by
8¾ inch deep, including the egg crate Z type visor and hinges. The signal shall be
furnished complete and ready to operate. In order to facilitate installation and
maintenance, the signal shall be designed so that all components are readily accessible
from the front by opening the door.
Each signal shall be provided with an egg crate visor constructed of polycarbonate
material. The egg crate or “Z” crate type sun shield, if used, shall be held in place by the
use of stainless steel screws. The complete egg crate or “Z” crate assembly shall be 1½
inch deep.
The case shall be one-piece corrosion resistant aluminum alloy die-casting. Integrally cast
hinge lug pairs, two at the top and two at the bottom of each case, shall be provided for
operation of a swing door down. The unit shall be mounted with Type E mountings unless
indicated otherwise on the attached Plans. All terminal compartments shall be either
ferrous metal or bronze.
Pedestrian signal heads shall be Dialight ITE compliant Light Emitting Diode (LED) or
approved equivalents.
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-25
9-29.22 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB)
(August 2016 City of Auburn)
The contractor shall provide and install a hardwired 120 volt power Rectangular Rapid
Flashing Beacon (RRFB) with hardwire communication between the multiple beacons. The
beacons shall conform to the latest MUTCD.
Add the following new section:
9-29.23 Video Detection Cameras
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
The Video Detection System shall be Trafficon by Kargor the presence detector boards
shall be Trafficon VIP3D.2, which monitors only two cameras.
The cameras shall be installed where indicated on the Plans. Cameras shall be mounted
on signal mast arms as shown in the Plans utilizing Pelco Extended Tilt & Pan pole mount,
for installation on the signal arm with cable mount and 72-inch tube or approved equivalent.
The cable mount shall be suitable for the mast arm diameter at each camera installation
location.
The camera housings and internal cameras shall be the latest approved models supplied
by Trafficon. The Contractor shall provide a VIP set-up keypad and video monitor with a
minimum of a 9-inch LCD. The Coaxial cable shall be 5 conductor cable ISDTEC
X341667-00.
9-29.24 Service Cabinets
(January 2017 City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Service cabinet shall be a metered aluminum Skyline Electric Series 47700-A1-R1, with
Underwriters Laboratory label on the panel boards as in accordance with the applicable
City of Auburn Standard Details. The service cabinet shall comply with all requirements of
Puget Sound Energy and Washington State Labor and Industries. It shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility to obtain these requirements and ensure that the cabinet
complies with the requirements. The service cabinet shall be equipped with a stainless
steel handle, a three-point locking system, and a Best six-tumbler mortise cabinet lock with
dead bolt.
Two copper ground rods shall be installed per WSDOT and the NEC.
The cabinet shall contain the following branch breakers as applicable:
20 AMP 2 pole Lighting Circuit A
20 AMP 2 pole Lighting Circuit B
20 AMP 1 pole Traffic Signal
100 AMP 2 pole Main
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-26
9-29.26 Traffic Signal Battery Backup System
(October 2016 City of Auburn)
All battery backup power units shall utilize the newest Alpha Inverter/Charger unit,
complete with associated remote control display panel.
Batteries shall be connected utilizing approved quick-connect modular battery connectors.
Battery cable sizing shall be appropriate for the type and quantity of batteries supplied.
Batteries shall be 12 Volts DC, 110 amp hour minimum, absorbed glass mat type, group
27. Batteries shall meet or exceed specification MIL B-8565J (Sec 4.6.22). There shall be
4 batteries supplied by the Contractor.
All battery backup power units shall possess an AC voltage bypass/disconnect switch or
relay. The bypass/disconnect method shall couple the normal AC power source directly to
the signal controller cabinet, while completely isolating the inverter/charger unit from the
circuit.
Add the following new section:
9-29.27 CCTV System
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
CCTV cameras shall be Cohu Rise 1080P HD Hybrid camera model # 4260 with power
over Ethernet and utilize a Cohu MS cable ordered to length. The Camera shall come with
a Cohu supplied POE + injector.
The camera cable pigtail may have to be a custom length to construct the drip loop per the
camera mounting details.
The ethernet switches shall be shelf mount Ruggedcom RS900G gigabit ethernet switches
with SM fiber ports and necessary 120 volt power cords and ethernet cords and jumpers.
Camera mounting equipment shall be Pelco pole mounts and Tri-brac mast arm mounts
and other equipment and hardware as shown in the plans and as required for a complete
and operational CCTV camera system. The signal pole mount may have to be modified as
shown in the plans.
Add the following new section:
9-29.28 Variable Message Sign System
(April 2018, City of Auburn)
Major elements of the variable message sign (VMS) system shall consist of the variable
message sign, sign structure, foundation and ground-mounted VMS field cabinet including
the VMS controller, fiber optic patch panel, ethernet switch, power supply, and associated
equipment. Conduit, junction boxes and wiring/cabling to connect the sign, controller and
various components of the system shall be per the manufacturer’s requirements.
VMS Display and Housing
The sign display shall be supplied by one of the following vendors:
Daktronics, Inc.
331 32nd Ave.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-27
P.O. Box 5128
Brookings, SD 57006-5128
Tel: (888) 325-8726
Email: transportation@daktronics.com
The sign display shall be a continuous matrix of amber LED pixels, with a minimum of
18 pixels high and 75 pixels wide with a pitch of 44 mm to 48 mm. Each pixel shall be
made from a grouping of amber light emitting diodes and contain no moving parts. The
matrix of pixels shall be capable of displaying a messages with 2 lines of 12-inch text,
12 characters long.. The sign display and other associated VMS components shall permit
a test message using all pixels (1350 min.) simultaneously running at the maximum
brightness and 100 percent duty.
The sign display shall provide front service for all LED display modules, electronics, power
supplies, environmental control equipment, air filters, wiring, and other internal VMS
components.
The nominal external dimensions of the sign shall not exceed 13.0 feet in width, 4.0 feet in
height, and 1.5 feet in depth. The VMS back and side housing walls shall be vertical.
Display modules shall be parallel to the front VMS wall, so that use of the LED viewing
cone is optimized. The dead load of the housing and contents shall not exceed 600 lbs.
VMS housing exterior sheet material shall be 5052 aluminum alloy and shall have a
minimum thickness of 0.125 inches. Exterior sheet seams shall be chemically bonded or
continuously welded and waterproof. VMS housing structural frame members (I -beams, C-
channels, Zee-extrusions, and bar stock) shall be aluminum alloy number 6061-T6.
VMS housings shall be constructed to present a clean, neat appearance, and the
equipment located within shall be protected from rain, snow, dirt, and corrosion. Weep
holes shall be fabricated in a manner which prevents the entrance of insects.
The front of the LED display matrix shall be completely covered with polycarbonate
sheeting that is weather tight, ultraviolet (UV) light protected, non-glare, and which has a
minimum thickness of 0.11 inches. To achieve maximum display contrast and legibility, the
outside of the polycarbonate sign face shall be fully covered with a mask, which is formed
from aluminum sheeting. The mask shall have a minimum thickness of 0.09 inches and
shall contain a circular opening for each pixel. The openings shall not hinder the 15° half-
angle LED viewing angle (30° inclusive viewing cone). All exposed metal on the VMS front
face, which is visible to viewing motorists, shall be coated with black Kynar 500 resin or an
equivalent oven-fired fluoropolymer-based coating having a minimum outdoor service life of
20 years. This shall include the aluminum face mask, the aluminum border outside the
LED display matrix, and all the mounting and assembly hardware.
All VMS equipment, components, modular assemblies and other non-structural elements of
the sign shall be removable, transportable, and capable of being installed by a single
technician utilizing a one-person aerial lift truck.
Ribbon cable shall be protected at all points of physical contact where it touches metallic
frameworks. Either the ribbon cable or the frame, or both, shall be wrapped with a
protective covering where the cable touches the framework, to prevent cable insulation
rub-through from road induced vibration in the sign framework.
The interior VMS environment shall be monitored and controlled by the sign controller.
Environmental control shall be designed to maintain the internal VMS temperature at or
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-28
below +140°F when the outdoor ambient temperature is at or below +115°F. The VMS
environmental control system shall consist of four primary subsystems as follows:
Internal Temperature Sensors and Cooling/Heating Systems
The VMS shall contain two internally-mounted temperature sensors which are equipped
with external thermocouples and which the sign controller continuously monitors. This
temperature information shall be used by the sign controller to determine when to activate
and deactivate the environmental control systems described herein. Sensors shall be
located on opposite ends of the upper 1/3 of the LED display matrix, and their external
thermocouples shall be attached to and make contact with an LED pixel circuit board.
The thermocouple and LED board shall be easily detached, in the event that one of the
units requires removal and replacement. Sensors shall be capable of measuring
temperatures from -40°F to +185°F. The sign controller shall automatically shut down the
LED display whenever one or both sensors indicate that LED board temperature has
exceeded +140°F. The sign controller shall automatically restart the LED display whenever
the suspect temperature falls below +130°F. Both shutdown and re-start temperature
thresholds shall be user-programmable. Sensor temperatures and VMS shutdown/re-start
events shall be reportable to the VMS Central Software.
LED Display Cooling System
The VMS shall contain a ventilation system to monitor and control internal cabinet
temperature with user-programmable temperature thresholds. This system shall be
comprised of fan-forced air to control ventilation in the cabinet. . The sign controller shall
initially be programmed to activate the LED cooling fan system based on the
manufacturer’s recommendations for the application(s) on this project. Cooling fans shall
be located so as not to hinder removal of LED display modules and driver boards.
Front Face Panel Defog/Defrost System - The VMS shall contain a defog/defrost system
which circulates warm, fan-forced air across the inside of the polycarbonate front face
whenever LED board temperature falls below a user-programmable threshold. The air
source shall consist of a fan or fans that provide uniform airflow across the polycarbonate
face panel.
The sign controller shall initially be programmed to activate the defog/defrost system
whenever LED board temperature falls below +40°F and shall deactivate the defog/defrost
system whenever LED board temperature exceeds +105°F. A 100-watt heating element
shall be mounted in front of each defog/defrost fan and shall serve to warm the air directed
across the VMS face. Heating elements shall be on only when the defog/defrost fans are
on.
VMS Mounting Hardware
A VMS, sign structure and foundation are included in the construction. The sign housing
shall be provided with all necessary hardware including sign mounting beams, vertical and
horizontal brackets, maintenance walkways, and all related hardware to install the VMS.
The VMS housing, structural framing, face covering, and mounting members shall be
designed to withstand a wind velocity of 100 mph with a 30 percent gust factor and shall
otherwise comply with the latest requirements of AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for
Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.
VMS Sign Structure
The VMS sign structure shall be as specified for VMS Support Structure Special Provision
9-29.6(1)A.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-29
Ground-mounted VMS Field Cabinet
The field cabinet shall be as specified in Section 9-29.13(10) and shall contain the VMS
sign controller, ethernet switch and fiber optic patch panel for communication with the City
of Auburn fiber optic ITS network.
VMS Sign Controller
Each VMS shall include an associated sign controller, which shall be installed in the field
cabinet.
To support the VMS and VMS controller functions, they shall be provided with two serial
communication ports.
One communication port shall be used to connect a laptop to the controller. The interface
shall be wired as a 9-pin, EIA-232 DCE port. The port shall connect to a laptop computer
using a straight-through 9-pin cable. One cable shall be supplied for each VMS installed in
this contract.
The second communication port is for remote control of the sign from the central computer.
The interface shall be wired as a 9-pin, EIA-232 DTE serial port. This port shall be
connected to a communication interface (modem) specified elsewhere in this contract. A
cable shall be supplied to connect the VMS communication port to the modem port (the
modem port may be a non-standard pin-out and require a custom-made cable).
The sign controller hardware and software shall support all VMS communication, control,
and diagnostic features as listed herein.
Memory
Sign controllers shall have both permanent and semi-permanent memory.
Permanent memory shall be EE-PROM integrated circuits and shall contain the
executable sign controller software. Semi-permanent memory shall be RAM
integrated circuits with a battery backup that retains the data in memory for a
minimum of one year following a power failure. Semi-permanent memory shall
contain the library of messages, the message display schedule and programmable
operating parameters. Each message shall have the capability to be defined and
stored as a three-page message.
Power Interruptions
Contents of the sign controller’s memory shall be preserved by battery backup
during AC power interruptions and the controller shall automatically resume
operation once AC power is restored. Upon recovering from a power interruption,
the sign controller shall display the message identified by the Power Recovery
Message parameter. The sign controller shall report to the central computer that it
has recovered from a power interruption.
Sign Controller Software
The sign controller shall cause the desired message to be displayed on the VMS.
The sign shall display alphanumeric character fonts. The sign controller shall
provide a default value for each NTCIP object supported.
Message Selection
The central computer or laptop computer shall cause the sign controller to
implement a message selected from those stored in controller memory, or a new
message entered via the communication port.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-30
The sign controller shall incorporate CRC checks to verify MULTI strings. The sign
shall not display a message unless the MessageActivationCode CRC matches the
MessageCRC.
A message shall remain displayed on the sign until either a command to change the
current message or a command to blank the display is received. A command to
display a message shall not succeed if the activation priority is less than the run
time priority of the message currently displayed.
Data Transmission Requirements
Each sign controller shall contain two communication ports. Each communication
port shall be labeled (“Local” or “Central”) and shall be set to 9600 baud at the
factory. Each port shall operate independently at baud rates of 1200, 2400, 9600,
and 19,200 bits per second. The user shall select the baud rate for each port via a
DIP switch.
Communication
The sign controller hardware and software shall communicate with the central
computer in a polled multi-drop operation. In the polled multi-drop operation,
several sign controllers shall share the same communication channel, with each
controller assigned a unique ID number. Controller ID numbers shall conform to the
NTCIP requirements for address numbers. A sign controller shall only reply to
messages labeled with its ID. In polled multi-drop mode, sign controllers never
initiate communication, but merely transmit their responses to messages from the
central computer.
A laptop computer connected to the sign controller’s local communication port shall
have the same control and diagnostic capabilities as the central computer.
However, local laptop control capability shall be limited to the VMS which is directly
connected to that sign controller.
NTCIP Requirements
The sign controller software shall comply with the National Transportation
Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) documents and all related errata sheets
published before July 1, 1999 and as referenced herein.
The sign controller software shall support the following standards:
1. NTCIP 1101, Simple Transportation Management Framework
(STMF), Conformance Level 1 (Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP))
2. NTCIP 2001, Class B Profile. All serial ports on the device shall
support communications according to these standards.
3. NTCIP 2101, SP-PMPP/RS232 Point-to-Multi-Point Protocol (PMPP)
4. NTCIP 2201, NTCIP TP-Null Transport Profile Null (TP-NULL)
The sign controller software shall implement all mandatory objects of all mandatory
conformance groups as defined in NTCIP 1201, Global Object Definitions, and
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for Dynamic Message Signs. Software shall
implement the following conformance groups:
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for DMS
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-31
1. VMS Sign Configuration
2. MULTI Configuration
3. Default Message Control
4. Pixel Service Control
5. MULTI Error Control
6. Sign Status
7. Status Error
8. Pixel Error Status
9. Lamp Error Status
10. Fan Error Status
11. Power Status
12. Temperature Status
The software shall implement the following optional objects:
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for DMS
1. dmsMessageBeacon
2. dmsMessagePixelService
3. dmsCommunicationsLossMessage
4. dmsPowerLossMessage
5. dmsTimeCommLoss
6. dmsMultiOtherErrorDescription
7. dmsStatDoorOpen
8. fanFailures
9. fanTestActivation
10. lineVolts
11. tempMaxSignHousing
Objects required by these specifications shall support all values within its
standardized range. The standardized range is defined by a size, range, or
enumerated listing indicated in the object’s SYNTAX field and/or through descriptive
text in the object’s description field. The following list indicates the modified object
requirements for these objects.
Object Name Object ID
Minimum
Requirements
Number of Fonts numFonts 9
Maximum Characters per
Font
maxFontCharacters 255
Default Background Color defaultBackgroundColor 0
Default Foreground Color defaultForegroundColor 9
Default Justification Line defaultJustificationLine 2, 3, and 4
Default Justification Page defaultJustificationPage 2, 3, and 4
Number of Permanent
Msgs.
DmsNumPermanentMsg. 2
Maximum No. Changeable
Msg.
DmsMaxChangeableMsg. 8
Maximum Number Volatile
Msg. *
dmsMaxVolatileMsg. 8
Control Mode dmsControlMode 2, 4, and 5
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-32
* Changeable messages in excess of the minimum requirement are
considered to meet the specification for an equivalent number of Volatile
messages.
The first permanent message shall be used to blank the sign display. The second
permanent message shall be the diagnostic message.
Sign controller software shall implement the following tags (opening and closing
where defined) of the Mark-Up Language for Transportation Information (MULTI) as
defined in NTCIP 1203:
1. Flash
2. Font
3. Justification Line
4. Justification Page
5. Moving Text
6. New Line
7. New Page
8. Page Time
Documentation
Software shall be supplied with all documentation on 1.44Mb IBM-compatible
diskette(s). ASCII versions of the following Management Information Base (MIB)
files in Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1) format shall be provided on CD-ROM:
1. The official MIB Module referenced by the device functionality.
2. A manufacturer-specific version of the official MIB Module with the
non-standardized range indicated in the SYNTAX field. The filename shall
match the official MIB Module, with the extension “spc”.
3. A MIB Module of all manufacturer-specific objects supported by the device
with accurate and meaningful DESCRIPTION fields and the supported
ranges indicated in the SYNTAX field.
Control Software
This work shall consist of furnishing Variable Message Sign (VMS) control software.
The control software shall be a 32-bit application, designed to operate on Microsoft
Windows NT, 98, or 2000 operating system. The control software shall provide
for command and control of the following functions:
VMS Control
Software shall retrieve, display, update and download/upload the following
functional parameters to the local sign controller in response to user-initiated
instructions. The sign controller shall not perform pixel service tests when VMS are
displaying messages. Software shall perform the following operations in
conjunction with its monitoring and logging functions:
Display a message
Blank the current message
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-33
Change message priority
Pixel service, lamp and fan tests
Set time and date in the sign controller
Retrieve sign controller ID, type, and manufacturer
Communications
Communications between the control software and sign controller shall be NTCIP
compliant, as indicated in the Special Provision for Variable Message Sign System.
The control software shall verify all communications for errors. If a response from a
sign controller contains a communication error, or if there is no response, the
Control Software shall re-establish communications.
Data Collection
The control software shall retrieve errors detected, message number currently being
displayed, and current message priority. Using different commands, the software
shall retrieve message MULTI strings, a map of defective pixels, the time and date,
the event schedule, and configuration parameters.
Message Library
The control software shall store messages and transfer messages to a sign for
storage and/or display. When a user desires to send a message to a sign, the
control software shall offer as choices only those messages compatible with the
sign in question. The control software shall allow message names of up to 25
characters in length. If the selected name already exists, the software shall notify
the user and give the option of replacing the existing message or selecting another
name.
The control software shall display all character fonts supported by the Variable
Message Sign System. Messages shall be displayed on the computer monitor in
exactly the same format (font, text centering and justification) as on the Variable
Message Sign.
Software Duplication Rights
The City of Auburn shall have the right to duplicate the Variable Message Sign
Control Software as needed for use in controlling signs under its jurisdiction.
Documentation
The Contractor shall furnish 1 copy of the Control Software user manuals to the
Engineer. In addition, 2 sets of the software, installation program, instructions and
user manual shall be furnished on CD ROM or diskettes to the Engineer.
9-30 Water Distribution Materials
9-30.1 Pipe
9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-34
The third sentence of the first paragraph in the list is revised to read:
All other ductile iron pipe shall be Special Thickness Class 52.
9-30.2 Fittings
9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
All pipe fittings, adapters and joints for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron designed to
AWWA Specification (unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer) with sufficient
tangent at the ends to allow for proper joint connections and shall be coated to give
protection to them equal to that given the pipe. Field fabrication fittings will not be
permitted. Flexible couplings shall be of the style as required for specific application.
9-30.2(6) Restrained Joints
(August 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Bolted restrained joint (R.J.) fittings shall be Megalug Romagrip, Star, or approved
alternate. All welding associated with the restraint system shall be performed in the pipe
manufacturer’s shop. No field welding will be permitted.
Mechanical joint restrain systems shall meet the following requirements:
Restrainers shall be manufactured of ductile iron and shall meet or exceed all the
requirements of ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111) and ASTM A536. The restrainer system shall
provide anchoring ductile iron pipe and fittings, valves and PVC pipe to mechanical joint
pipe or fittings, or bell to spigot PVC pipe joints. The restrainer shall accommodate the full
working pressure rating of the pipe plus surge allowance. In the assembly of the restrain
device, the contractor shall tighten the bolts to the correct torque range as recommended
by the restraint manufacturer. The restrainers shall be painted black for ductile iron pipe
and painted red for PVC pipe applications. The restraining device shall not damage or
lower the working pressure of the pipe installed. Restrainers shall be properly stored to
minimize sand and debris build-up. Specifically, the twist-off-screws and associated threads
shall be clean (free of sand) prior to installation.
Restrainer specifically for DI pipe may be restrained by utilizing a joint restraint gasket
which includes a stainless steel locking segment vulcanized into the rubber gasket. The
gasket shall be rated for operating pressures up to 250 psi based on the performance
requirements of ANSI/ AWWA C111/ A21.11.
9-30.3 Valves
9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3-inches to 16-inches)
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used on all 16” and smaller water lines and shall be
manufactured by Clow, Kennedy, American Flow Control, Waterous, Dresser, M&H or
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-35
Mueller with epoxy-coated valve interiors. The valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA
Specifications C509 or C515 with a 200-psi working pressure rating (minimum). They shall
be iron bodied, bronze-mounted, non-rising stem and counterclockwise opening with a 2
inch square operating nut. All valves on the fire hydrant line(s) shall be 6-inch diameter
mechanical joint by flange. All other valves shall be either mechanical joint by flange or
Mechanical joint shackled to tees or crosses. Valve stems shall be provided with O-ring
seals.
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Valve boxes shall be two-piece, adjustable, cast-iron (with additional extension pieces, if
necessary), as manufactured by the Olympic Foundry Company, East Jordan Iron Works,
or approved equivalent, with a minimum inside diameter of 5 inch. The word “WATER”
shall be cast in relief on the top of all valve box covers. In addition, the letters “NC” shall be
cast in place on valve box covers for those valves that are normally closed. Valve box
covers shall have a deep skirt..
9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Tapping sleeves and valves shall conform to the following:
1. For wet taps on mains 12 inch diameter and larger or size-on-size, the
tapping sleeve shall be the full M.J. type, cast-iron, twin seal as
manufactured by Mueller, Tyler, Taylor, M&H, or epoxy-coated fabricated-
steel, as manufactured by JCM, Rockwell or approved equivalent;
2. For wet taps on mains 10 inch diameter and smaller, or at least 2 inch
diameter smaller than the main size, the tapping sleeve shall be the
wraparound style, stainless steel or epoxy-coated fabricated-steel, or cast-
iron M.J. as manufactured by Romac, Ford, M&H, Rockwell, Smith Blair, or
approved equivalent.
9-30.5 Hydrants
(January 2017, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Fire hydrants shall have two 2½-inch hose ports (National Standard Thread) and one 4½-
inch pumper port (National Standard Thread) with caps and no chains, 1¼ inch pentagonal
operating nut (counterclockwise) opening, O-ring-type stuffing box, automatic barrel drain,
and 5¼ inch valve opening. Hydrants shall be equipped with a 5” Storz adapter with blind
cap, or approved equivalent. Hydrants shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA
Standard Specification No. C-\502 for dry-barrel fire hydrants for ordinary water service.
Hydrants shall be Mueller “Centurion” #A-423, M&H Style 929 Reliant (Brass-to-Brass
Seats), or American AVK 2780.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-36
9-34 Pavement Marking Material
9-34.2(2) Color
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
Each reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS Standard 595”.
9-34.2(5) Low VOC Waterborne Paint
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The heading “Standard Waterborne Paint” is supplemented with “Type 1 and 2”.
The heading “High-Build Waterborne Paint” is supplemented with “Type 4”.
The heading “Cold Weather Waterborne Paint” is supplemented with “Type 5”.
In the row beginning with “° @90°F”, each minimum value is revised to read “60”.
In the row beginning with “Fineness of Grind, (Hegman Scale)”, each minimum value is
revised to read “3”.
The last four rows are replaced with the following:
Vehicle
Composition
ASTM D
2621
100% acrylic
emulsion
100% cross-linking
acrylic4
100% acrylic
emulsion
Freeze-Thaw
Stability, KU
ASTM D
2243 and
D 562
@ 5 cycles show
no coagulation or
change in viscosity
greater than ± 10
KU
@ 5 cycles show
no coagulation or
change in viscosity
greater than ± 10
KU
@ 3 cycles show
no coagulation or
change in viscosity
greater than ± 10
KU
Heat Stability ASTM D
5622
± 10 KU from the
initial viscosity
± 10 KU from the
initial viscosity
± 10 KU from the
initial Viscosity
Low
Temperature
Film Formation
ASTM D
28053
No Cracks* No Cracks
Cold Flexibility5 ASTM
D522
Pass at 0.5 in
mandrel*
Test Deck
Durability6
ASTM
D913
≥70% paint
retention in wheel
track*
Mud Cracking (See note
7)
No Cracks No Cracks
After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new column is inserted after the
“Standard Waterborne Paint Type 1 and 2” column:
Semi-Durable Waterborne Paint
Type 3
White Yellow
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Within ± 0.3 of qualification sample
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-37
80 95 80 95
60 60
77 77
65 65
43 43
1.25 1.25
3 3
0.98 0.96
88 50
100° 100°
9.5 9.5
10 10
100% acrylic emulsion
@ 5 cycles show no coagulation or
change in viscosity greater than ±
10 KU
± 10 KU from the initial viscosity
No Cracks
Pass at 0.25 in mandrel
≥70% paint retention in wheel track
No Cracks
The footnotes are supplemented with the following:
4Cross-linking acrylic shall meet the requirements of federal specification TT-P-1952F
Section 3.1.1.
5Cold Flexibility: The paint shall be applied to an aluminum panel at a wet film
thickness of 15 mils and allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and
72±5 ˚F) for 24 hours. A cylindrical mandrel apparatus (in accordance with ASTM
D522 method B) shall be put in a 40°F refrigerator when the paint is drawn down After
24 hours, the aluminum panel with dry paint shall be put in the 40°F refrigerator with
the mandrel apparatus for 2 hours. After 2 hours, the panel and test apparatus shall be
removed and immediately tested to according to ASTM D522 to evaluate cold
flexibility. Paint must show no evidence of cracking, chipping or flaking when bent 180
degrees over a mandrel bar of specified diameter.
6NTPEP test deck, or a test deck conforming to ASTM D713, shall be conducted for a
minimum of six months with the following additional requirements: it shall be applied at
15 wet mils to a test deck that is located at 40N latitude or higher with at least 10,000
ADT and which was applied during the months of September through November.
7Paint is applied to an approximately 4”x12” aluminum panel using a drawdown bar
with a 50 mil gap. The coated panel is allowed to dry under ambient conditions
(50±10% RH and 72±5 ˚F) for 24 hours. Visual evaluation of the dry film shall reveal no
cracks.
9-34.3 Plastic
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-38
In the first sentence of the last paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE
AMS Standard 595”.
9-34.3(2) Type B – Pre-Formed Fused Thermoplastic
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
In the last two paragraphs, each reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read
“SAE AMS Standard 595”.
9-34.7(1) Requirements
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Field performance evaluation is required for low VOC solvent-based paint per Section
9-34.2(4), Type A – liquid hot applied thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(1), Type B –
preformed fused thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(2), Type C – cold applied preformed
tape per Section 9-34.3(3), and Type D – liquid applied methyl methacrylate per
Section 9-34.3(4).
The last paragraph is deleted.
9-34.7(1)C Auto No-Track Time
(January 2, 2018, WSDOT Amendment)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Auto No-Track Time will only be required for low VOC solvent-based paint in
accordance with Section 9-34.2(4).
The second and third sentences of the second paragraph are deleted.
Supplement Division 9 with the following:
9-37 Filter Fabric
9-37.1 Filter Fabric for Infiltration Systems
(August 2016, City of Auburn)
Filter fabric for permanent infiltration systems shall be a non-woven polypropylene
geotextile fabric, Contech C45-NW as manufactured by Contech Construction Products
Inc., or approved equivalent.
Add the following new section, including subsections:
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-39
9-38 Submittal Approval
9-38.1 Submittals
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
This section applies to all items that are required to be submitted to the Engineer for
review, approval, and acceptance, including, but not limited to:
Non-Material Submittals (i.e haul routes, Traffic Control Plans (TCP’s), requests for
substitution, breakdown of lump sum items, schedules, road closure requests,
material product samples, color palettes or swatches, warranty documentation,
Operations and Maintenance (O&M) manuals, Spill Prevention, Control, and
Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan, Stormwater Pollution Prevention (SWPP) Plan,
schedule of submittals, etc.);
Material Submittals (i.e. Request for Approval of Material (RAM) or Request for use
of an item on the WSDOT Qualified Product List (QPL)); and
Material Acceptance Documentation (i.e. Certification of Material Origin (CMO),
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance (MCC), miscellaneous certificates of
compliance, mill and test reports, Catalog Cuts, Shop Drawings, Visual Acceptance,
Reduced Acceptance Criteria, Sampling and Testing, etc.).
9-38.1(1) Submittal Transmittal Procedures
(May 2018D, City of Auburn)
All submittals shall be made electronically and shall be transmitted via e-mail to
devsubmittals@auburnwa.gov. The e-mail subject line of electronic submittals shall include
the following: <<<Project Number>>>, <<<Project Name>>> - <<<Submittal Title>>>.
Each electronic email shall be limited to 7 MB’s in size. All electronic submittals shall be
clear, sharp high contrast electronic files provided in Microsoft Word 2016, Microsoft Excel
2016, PDF, or other Engineer approved formats.
In the event the Contractor cannot meet the 7 MB’s size limit for a specific submittal, the
Contractor may submit the individual submittal to the City as a hardcopy. Hardcopy
submittals shall be either mailed to the City of Auburn Community Development and Public
Works Department at 25 West Main St, Auburn, WA 98001 or dropped off at the City of
Auburn Customer Service Center located on the 2nd floor of the One East Main St, Auburn
WA 98001 building.
The Contractor may request to produce all submittals in hardcopy format instead of
electronic format. Such requests shall be made in writing and include an explanation of why
the Contractor is requesting to make hardcopy submittals. It will be at the Engineer’s sole
discretion whether the request to submit hard copy submittals is approved and no
additional compensation or time extension shall be granted in relation to the Engineer’s
decision.
9-38.1(2) Request for Submittal Approval (RSA) Form
Instructions
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-40
All submittals shall accompany a City of Auburn “Request for Submittal Approval” (RSA)
form as a cover letter.
The City provided RSA form is a writable Portable Document Format (PDF) form and shall
remain writable until the City returns the signed reviewed submittal. Any submittals made
without this form or without all of the required information on the form filled out by the
Contractor shall be rejected without review. No additional compensation or time extension
shall be granted for a Contractor not supplying this form as a cover letter for their submittals
or for an improperly filled out form.
The RSA form shall be completed by the Contractor as follows:
1. For any item being submitted to the City for review and approval for the first time,
check the “New Submittal” box. The City will assign the item a submittal number.
For items that have been previously submitted and require a re-submittal, check the
“Re-submittal of No. ___” box and fill in the submittal number that was assigned by
the City to the original submittal. For submittals that are providing Material
Acceptance Documentation for a submittal that has been previously made, the
Contractor shall check the “Material Acceptance Documentation for Submittal
No.___” box and fill in the submittal number that was assigned by the City for which
the Contractor is supplying the acceptance documentation for.
2. Fill in the FAC or Permit Number and Project Name;
3. Fill in the Date the Submittal was transmitted to the City;
4. Provide the Contractor’s name and, if applicable, the name of Subcontractor or
supplier who prepared the submittal;
5. The Contractor is strongly encouraged to submit only one material or item per RSA
form, however if more than one material or item is listed on the form then provide a
General Submittal Title that is applicable to the group. If only one material or item is
submitted on the form then provide the same name described in bullet point number
8 for the General Submittal Title.
Do not group non-like materials or items on the same form.
Do not group multiple bid item numbers for the same material. In instances
where a material is applicable to multiple bid item numbers, then list that
material for as many times as there are bid item numbers (For instance, if
Crushed Surfacing Top Course is the material being submitted on, and this
material is applicable to bid item numbers 27 and 56, then this material shall
be listed twice on the RSA form).
6. When applicable, provide the Bid Item number the submittal is referencing;
7. Provide a submittal description (be specific). For material submittals, provide the
Type of Material, the Manufacturer’s Product/Type, or the trade name of the
product;
8. When applicable, provide the Name and the Location of the Fabricator or the
Manufacturer’s name or the Pit Number. This should be the actual manufacturer,
not the supplier or distributor,
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-41
9. Provide the Construction Standards Specification section number(s) or the page
number the submittal material is referencing, or you can list the Plan Sheet number;
and
10. For material submittals, indicate whether the submittal is requesting use of the
WSDOT Qualified Product List (QPL) or if the submittal is a Request for Approval of
Material (RAM) that is not in the QPL, by checking the appropriate box. For non -
material submittals and for material acceptance documentation these boxes shall be
left blank. If the Contractor elects to use a product listed in the QPL, the submittal
documentation shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions in the WSDOT
QPL program and shall be the most current list available at the time the product is
proposed to be used. If the Contractor elects not to use the QPL or if the material is
not listed in the QPL, then supporting documentation for the RAM shall be submitted
for review and approval per Section 9-38.1(3) (Request for Approval of Material
(RAM) Submittal Content).
9-38.1(3) Request For Approval Of Material (RAM) Submittal
Content
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
This Section covers content for Requests for Approval of Material (RAM). RAM submittals
shall include the following, where applicable:
1. Each submittal shall include all of the items and materials required for a
complete assembly, system or Specification Section.
2. Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and performance data
required by the specifications or necessary to demonstrate conclusively that
the items comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Include information on characteristics of electrical or utility service required
and verification that such requirements have been coordinated with service
provided by the work and by other interconnected elements of the work.
4. Provide verification that the physical characteristics of items submitted,
including size, configurations, clearances, mounting points, utility connection
points and service access points, are suitable for the space provided and are
compatible with other interrelated items that are existing or have or will be
submitted.
5. Label each Product Data submittal with the information required in this
Section. Highlight or mark every page of all Product Data submittals to show
the specific items being submitted and all options included or choices
offered.
6. Label each Shop Drawing and Sample with the information required in this
Section. Highlight or mark every page of every copy of all Product Data
submittals to show the specific items being submitted and all options
included or choices offered.
7. Additional requirements for submittals are contained in the Technical
Specification sections.
8. Designation of work as Not in Contract (NIC) or “by others” shown on the
Shop Drawings, shall mean that the work will be the responsibility of the
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-42
Contractor rather than the subcontractor or supplier who has prepared the
Shop Drawings.
A separate letter explaining deviations shall accompany any submittal(s) that contain
deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor’s letter shall:
1. Cite the specific Contract requirement, including the Specification Section
and paragraph number, for which approval of a deviation is sought.
2. Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction and explain
its advantages and/or disadvantages to the City.
3. State the reduction in Contract Price, if any, that is offered to the City.
9-38.1(4) Shop Drawings, Product Samples, and Operation and Maintenance
Manuals
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
This section covers Shop Drawings, Product Samples, Color Swatches, and Operation and
Maintenance (O&M) Manuals that are required to be submitted in hard copy format for
review and approval.
1. Shop Drawings: Submit 3 copies, 1 of which will be marked, stamped and
returned to the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for making and
distributing the required number of additional copies of the City returned
hardcopy submittals to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
2. Product Samples and Color Swatches/Palettes: Unless stated otherwise in
each individual specification section referencing a product where a sample is
requested, the Contractor shall submit 3 labeled product sample(s) or 3 sets
of manufacturers’ full range of colors and finishes as ordered by the
Engineer and at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Product
samples or manufacturer color swatches/palettes will not be returned to the
Contractor.
3. O&M Manuals: Submit 3 copies, 1 of which will be marked, stamped and
returned to the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for making and
distributing the required number of additional copies of the City returned
hardcopy submittals to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
Submit 1 copy of each O&M Manual electronically on CD. CD copies of
O&M Manuals will not be returned to the Contractor.
9-38.1(5) Engineer’s Submittal Review
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
Submittals will be reviewed and approved by the Engineer per the following:
For all Non-Material Submittals, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with one of the
‘Submittal Approval Codes’ listed under column ‘A’ on the form.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-43
For Material Submittals requesting the use of the QPL, the Engineer will mark the
RSA form with the appropriate QPL approval code found on the QPL form. The
QPL approval code is represented by a four digit number.
For Material Submittals requesting a RAM, the Engineer will mark the RSA form
with one of the ‘Material Acceptance Codes’ listed under column ‘B’ on the form. If
a RAM is submitted for a material that is found on the QPL, the Engineer may mark
the RAM with the appropriate QPL code for that material.
For Material Acceptance Documentation, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with
one of the ‘Submittal Approval Codes’ listed under column ‘A’ on the form.
The City will return an electronic signed copy of each reviewed submittal to the Contractor
at the email address on record with the City. The Contractor is responsible for distributing
the electronic copies or making the required number of hard copies of City returned
submittals to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
9-38.1(6) Submittal Approval and Acceptance Codes
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
This section covers the definitions of the ‘Submittal Approval’ codes and ‘Material
Acceptance’ codes found on the RSA form.
Submittal Approval Codes will indicate:
1. “NET” (NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN) – The submittal is approved subject to its
compatibility with future submissions and additional partial submissions for
portions of the work not covered in this submission. Does not constitute
approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial
submission.
2. “MCN” (MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED (NO RESUBMISSION REQUIRED)
– The submittals is approved subject to minor corrections that shall be made
by the Contractor and subject to its compatibility with future submissions and
additional partial submissions for portions of the work not covered in this
submission. Does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required
items not shown in the partial submission. No resubmission is required.
3. “AR” (AMEND AND RESUBMIT) – The submittal is rejected because of
major inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the
Contractor prior to subsequent submittal. An amended resubmission is
required.
4. “RR” (REJECTED – RESUBMIT) – The submittal does not conform to the
Contract Plans and Specifications in major respect. A new submission is
required.
5. “NR” (NOT REVIEWED) – The submitted information is not required on
project and was not reviewed by the Engineer.
The ‘Material Acceptance Code’ will indicate the required documentation for the material to
be accepted for use on the project:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-44
Code 1. Acceptance based upon a “Satisfactory” Test Report for samples of
materials to be incorporated into project for acceptance – Material is approved and
requires certified testing for acceptance.
Code 2. Submit a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance (MCC) for “Acceptance”
prior to use of material – Material is approved and requires a MCC for acceptance.
Code 3. Submit Catalog Cuts for acceptance prior to use of material – Material is
approved and requires a catalog cut(s) prior to acceptance.
Code 4. Submit Shop Drawings for “Approval” prior to fabrication of material –
Material requires approved shop drawing(s) for acceptance.
Code 5. Only “Approved for Shipment,” “WSDOT Inspected,” or “Fabrication
Approval decal” material shall be used. (Federal Projects Only)- Fabricated material
that requires a WSDOT inspected stamp or marking for acceptance.
Code 6. Submit a Certificate of Materials Origin (CMO). (Federal Projects Only)- Iron
or steel material and requires a CMO for acceptance.
Code 7. N/A – This code is not used for material acceptance.
Code 8. Source Approved: - Material may be proprietary. Material requires a visual
inspection upon arrival to the job site for acceptance.
Code 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. – Material
approval is withheld pending review of product samples or manufacturer’s color
palettes.
Code 10. Approval Withheld: (See City remarks on the Form)
Code 11. Miscellaneous Acceptance Criteria: - Material is approved and conditionally
accepted as noted.
Code 12. LAG – Approved Catalog Cut Documented with: □ Mfg. Cert. of Comp. □
Visual Inspection - Material is approved with a Catalog Cut and requires either a
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance or a Visual Inspection for acceptance.
When a material is marked as approved, it does not necessarily constitute acceptance of
the material for incorporation into the work. All of the additional acceptance actions, as
noted on the RSA form or on the QPL must be completed prior to the material being
accepted for use.
Change orders or force account work requires the same material approval and acceptance
as any other bid item.
9-38.2 Schedule of Submittals
(February 2018, City of Auburn)
The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Schedule of Submittals. The Schedule of
Submittals shall include the intended dates for which each submittal required by the
Contract Documents will be made. Identify the items that will be included in each submittal
by listing the item or group of items and the specification section and paragraph number
under which they are specified. Indicate whether the submittal is required for product
review of proposed equivalents, Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples or required for
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued June 29, 2018 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-45
product information only. It is the Contractors responsibility to anticipate and provide all
submittals required for the project.
The time required to evaluate and review requests for submittals is not the same for all
submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 10calendar days, unless otherwise
noted, for the Engineer’s review. The Contractor shall also allow adequate time for
manufacturer delivery at the construction site without causing delay to the work. All
submittals shall be in accordance with the approved Schedule of Submittals. Submittals
shall be made early enough to allow for unforeseen delays such as:
1. Failure to obtain favorable review because of inadequate or incomplete
submittal or because the item submitted does not meet the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
2. Delays in manufacture.
3. Delays in delivery.
End Of Division 9